British Railway Modelling 2017-08
British Railway Modelling 2017-08
Uploaded by
Michael SaxosusCopyright:
Available Formats
British Railway Modelling 2017-08
British Railway Modelling 2017-08
Uploaded by
Michael SaxosusOriginal Title
Copyright
Available Formats
Share this document
Did you find this document useful?
Is this content inappropriate?
Copyright:
Available Formats
British Railway Modelling 2017-08
British Railway Modelling 2017-08
Uploaded by
Michael SaxosusCopyright:
Available Formats
• JOHNSTOWN ROAD LAYOUT • MODEL HEDGES
• PAINT A SKIP • NEW TRAINTECH PRODUCTS
BRM
BRITISH RAILWAY MODELLING Great modelling projects
•• STATIC GRASS MASTERCLASS
CRAFT A CLASSIC OAK TREE
•• MAKE REALISTIC WATER
AUGUST 2017
RESCUE A CARD KIT
• PLANT TELEGRAPH POLES
SCENERY
•
SPECIAL
• • LAYOUTS EXPERT ADVICE INSPIRATIONS
AMAZING
SCENIC
LAYOUTS
08
£4.75
9 770968 076218 >
REVIEWED INSIDE: HATTONS’ WARWELLS • JANUS 0-6-0
01 Cover new.indd 2 04/07/2017 10:44
Dynamis RailController works in conjunction with the powerful Dynamis Ultima
to provide you with the simplest and most efficient way to control your model
railway. This groundbreaking software shields you from much of the complexity
of DCC control, thus eliminating the need to remember locomotive, point
and signal addresses, now all you need to do is simply click a symbol on the
screen! Combine the ease of use with the low cost of the Dynamis RailController
software and the decision to move to DCC is simple!
A Bachmann Product
RailController Advert 2017.indd
p002_BRMAug17.indd 1 1 10/01/2017 11:52
29/06/2017 11:54
TOWER BRASS LOCOMOTIVES
DISCOUNT ‘O’ GAUGE PECO WAGON KITS
R.T.R in unpainted brass/factory painted W601 GWR Toad brake can...................£38.75 DAPOL R-T-R TERRIERS HELJAN CLASS 128 PARCELS RAILCAR NEW HELJAN CLASS 37
GWR/BR King......................................£900.00 W602 GWR Permanent Way brake........£38.75 G.W.R green Portishead 6 Versions
GWR/BR Railcar 19-33........................£550.00 CENTRE HEAD CODE VERSION
W603 GWR 6 wheel brake....................£40.50 L.B.S.C Marsh umber Gipsyhill See website for details
GWR/BR Parcels Railcar No.34............£550.00 S.R green Fishbourne RRP £579.00 OUR PRICE £460.00 Green with yellow ends
W604 GWR 4 plank open......................£32.50
GWR 1361 Early black chassis............£525.00 Blue large logo
W605 GWR Steel Open.........................£32.50 BR late crest black 32636 Available late 2017.
GWR/BR 1361 Late black chassis............£525.00
LY/LMS/BR Pug black.........................£450.00 W606 GWR 10 ton Van..........................£39.75 RRP £225.00 OUR PRICE £189.00 Reserve yours now Dutch livery
Sound fitted RRP £410.70 OUR PRICE £345.00
LNER/BR J39 0-6-0 black...................£925.00 W607 BR 16 ton Mineral wagon............£40.50 Railfreight 3 versions
GWR/BR 8750 Pannier black chassis.. £525.00 W608 BR 27 ton Iron Ore wagon...........£39.75 RRP £599.00 OUR PRICE £475.00
TOWER BRASS COACHES W609 BR 20 ton Pig Iron wagon...........£39.75
Fully assembled in unpainted brass PECO ‘0’ GAUGE TRACKWORK LIONHEART SUBURBAN COACHES NEW HELJAN CLASS 121
GWR/BR Collett D127 brake 3rd.......... £235.00 SLE786BH Curved R/H Point.................£52.25 Fully finished superb quality with interior Passenger Railcar HELJAN CLASS 40
FULLY FINISHED R-T-R LOCOS SLE787BH Curved L/H Point.................£52.25 details and lights. Available in a range of liveries from B.R. Blue with yellow ends
L&Y/LMS/BR Pug 0-4-0T............from £525.00 Cats Whiskers to N.S.E
SL700BH 12 yards flexitrack.................£76.95 Single cars (3 types) B.R Maroon RRP £649.00 OUR PRICE £500.00
GWR/BR 1361 0-6-0ST...............from £695.00 RRP £265.00 OUR PRICE £225.00 RRP £579.00 OUR PRICE £460.00
GWR/BR 8750 Pannier tank........from £695.00 SLE791BH Right Hand Point..................£41.95 Last few
SLE792BH Left Hand Point....................£41.95 2 car ‘B’ set G.W.R or B.R 6 types Available late 2017. Reserve yours now.
GWR/BR King 4-6-0..................from £1260.00 RRP £470.50 OUR PRICE £399.99
GWR/BR Razor Edge railcar.................£835.00
GWR/BR Parcels railcar.......................£810.00
SLE797BH Y Point.................................£41.95
SLE790BH Double Slip..........................£87.95
4 car D set G.W.R or B.R 4 types
RRP £823.50 OUR PRICE £699.99
HELJAN DIESEL DEPOT
LNER/BR J39 0-6-0..........................£1075.00
LMS/BR Original Patriot....................£1650.00
SL10 24 metal railjoiners........................£2.65 NEW HELJAN CLASS 117 Two Road Shed RRP £89.00 OUR PRICE £75.00
Extension Pack RRP £39.00 OUR PRICE £35.25
SL11 12 insulated railjoiners...................£2.65 3 Car D.M.U
B.R. V2 2-6-2 ...................................£1640.00 Spare Ends (3) RRP £19.00 OUR PRICE £16.00
SL740BH Buffer stop..............................£2.65 Available in a range of liveries from See website for details and sizes
Over 100 R-T-R locos available off the shelf DAPOL (EX LIONHEART) PANNIERS
TP1 Long Track pins (15mm)..................£3.25 Cats Whiskers to N.S.E
GLADIATOR LOCO KITS 64XX and 74XX G.W.R or B.R
ST700 Box (6) 393mm straight.............£43.25 RRP £1100.00 OUR PRICE £875.00
GTR18 LMS/BR de-streamlined Duchess.£395.00
GTR19 LMS/BR non-streamlined Duchess.£395.00 ST725 Half circle 1028mm radius curves...£46.00
List Price £399.00 OUR PRICE £340.00
Available now Available late 2018. Reserve yours now. HELJAN DELTIC
GTR20 LMS/BR Princess��������������������� £395.00 NEW Setrack R/H Point.....................................TBA Green with yellow panels
GTR21 LMS/BR Rebuilt Royal Scot������ £345.00 NEW Setrack L/H Point......................................TBA Ltd Edition original green
GTR24 LMS/BR Original Patriot........... £345.00 HELMSMAN CONTROLLERS RRP £599.99 OUR PRICE £475.00
GTR25 LMS/BR Rebuilt Patriot............ £345.00 CF5A 5amp Single Controller................ £155.00 DAPOL (EX LIONHEART) AUTOCOACHES NEW HELJAN CLASS 120 Last few
GTR28 LMS/BR 2P 4-4-0.................... £315.00 RM5 Remote handset for above............ £40.00 Choice of B.R or G.W.R Liveries 2 and 3 Car D.M.U
GTR31 LMS/BR Lemon 0-4-4T........... £235.00 H.M.R.S. TRANSFERS RRP £200.00 OUR PRICE £170.00 Choice of blue or green liveries
GTR44 LNWR/LMS/BR Coal Tank 0-6-2T� £225.00 H1 L.M.S. gold loco and coach..............£20.00 Available now 2 car set RRP £800.00 OUR PRICE £640.00 HELJAN AC RAILBUS CLEARANCE
GTR48 LNWR/LMS Crane Tank������������ £205.00 3 car set RRP £1100.00 OUR PRICE £875.00 Light green with speed whiskers
H2 L.M.S. yellow loco and coach...........£20.00
GTR50 LNER/BR Beyer Garratt 2-8-8-2�� £595.00 Available late 2018. Reserve yours now. Dark green with yellow panel
GTR53 LMS/BR 8F 2-8-0 & rivetted tender.£345.00 H2A L.M.S. black style/Crewe loco........£20.00
H3 L.M.S. loco lining.............................£20.00 List Price £495.00
JAVELIN LOCOMOTIVE KITS NEW DAPOL 57XX LOW CAB PANNIER
JLK3 GWR/BR Dukedog 4-4-0............£325.00 H3A L.M.S. coach lining........................£20.00 SPECIAL OFFER £299.95
Available in a range of G.W.R and B.R
JLK5 SECR/SR/BR D Class 4-4-0........£305.00 H4 L.N.E.R. green loco and coach.........£20.00 liveries plus London Transport red NEW HELJAN 61XX PRAIRIE TANK
JLK6 G.W.R Dean Goods 0-6-0...........£295.00 H4A L.N.E.R. black loco and Gill Sands.. £20.00 RRP £235.00 OUR PRICE £199.75 HJ6100 6110 Great Western NEW HELJAN CLASS 60
JLK7 SECR/SR/BR C Class 0-6-0........£295.00 H5 L.N.E.R. loco lining..........................£20.00 Railfreight Triple grey sector livery
Available late 2017 Reserve yours now HJ6101 6106 G.W.R
JLK11 LMS/BR Long Fire Box Black Five..£345.00 H6 L.M.S. goods wagon lettering..........£18.50 HJ6102 6114 B.R. unlined black E.W.S. or Loadhaul
MERCIAN LOCO KITS H7 G.W.R. loco and coach lettering.......£20.00
SG5 LNER/BR J94 Austerity 0-6-0ST...£180.00
HJ6103 6111 B.R. unlined green RRP £649.00 OUR PRICE £510.00
H8 G.W.R. loco and coach lining............£20.00 NEW DAPOL 10 FOOT W.B WAGONS HJ6104 6132 B.R. lined green
GW2 GWR/BR 14xx Autotank.....................£175.00
H9 S.R. Maunsell loco and coach lettering..£20.00 HJ6120 un-numbered Great Western
ML11 M.R. Spinner 4-2-2..........................£295.00
TOWER COLLECTION (D.J.H) BEGINNERS KITS H10 S.R. Bulleid loco and coach lettering..£20.00
B.R Open Wagons (various)
RRP £45.00 OUR PRICE £38.50
HJ6121 un-numbered B.R. unlined black NEW HELJAN FALCON
H11 G.W.R. goods wagon lettering........£18.50 HJ6122 un-numbered B.R. unlined green Lime green, green or blue
Includes wheels, gears and motor B.R VEA, VBA, MEAT, INSULATED AND HJ6123 un-numbered B.R. lined green RRP £699.00 OUR PRICE £550.00
TC1 Class 02 0-4-0 Diesel Shunter......... £240.00 H12 L.N.E.R. goods wagon lettering......£18.50 STANDARD VANS (12 TYPES)
H13 S.R. goods wagon lettering............£18.50 HJ6124 5184 Great Western
TC3 Andrew Barclay 0-4-0 Steam Shunter.£240.00 RRP £49.95 OUR PRICE £42.50
H14 BR steam loco and coach lettering.....£20.00 HJ6125 4144 B.R. unlined black
TOWER COLLECTION LOCO KITS
Require wheels, gears and motor H15 BR blue diesel and coach lettering.....£18.50
HJ6126 5158 B.R. lined green NEW HELJAN CLASS 25
TC2 LMS streamlined Coronation������������£525.00 H16 LNWR/WCJS loco coach & wgn.....£21.00
RRP £649.00 OUR PRICE £500.00 Ltd Ed Plain Green
DAPOL R.T.R WAGONS Available late 2017 Reserve yours now
TC4 LMS/BR non streamlined Duchess���£525.00 H17 LTSR/MR/SD/LY/MCR gds lettering....£20.00 Green with yellow panel
A range of approx 100 private owner and See our website for full details
TC5 LMS/BR de-streamlined Duchess����£525.00 H18 N.E.R. loco and coach lettering......£21.00 Green full yellow ends
company wagons 5, 7 and 8 plank
TC6 LMS/BR Sir William Stainer��������������£525.00 H20 CB/NB/GSWR/HR/GNSR wgn lettering.£20.00 Blue with yellow front
TC7 LMS/BR Black Five 4-6-0�����������������£525.00 RRP £44.41 OUR PRICE £38.00
H22 B.R. mixed traffic/L.N.W.R. loco lining.£20.00 6 WHEEL MILK TANKERS 5 TYPES RRP £599.00 OUR PRICE £475.00
TC14 LMS/BR Stainer 8F 2-8-0���������������£525.00
H24 MR/SDJR/LTSR/MGN loco & coach....£21.00 NEW HELJAN 43XX MOGUL
TC16 LMS/BR Duchess with sloping firebox£525.00 RRP £80.60 OUR PRICE £70.00
H25 B.R. pre-TOPS wagon numbers etc....£18.50 7 standard versions in G.W.R and B.R
D.J.H LOCO KITS S.R / B.R PILLBOX BRAKE VANS
H26 B.R. pre-TOPS wgn instructions etc..£18.50 all un-numbered and
K300 B.R Standard 84xx 2-6-2T......... £345.00
K301 B.R Standard 2MT 2-6-0........... £395.00 H31 Pullman crests, names and numbers.. £21.00
(4 Liveries)
3 limited editions numbered HELJAN BR COACHES
RRP £80.60 OUR PRICE £70.00 List Price £779.00 OUR PRICE £630.00 SK second corridor
K302 LMS/B.R Ivatt 2-6-2T................. £345.00 H32 Pullman lining................................£18.50 See our website for details Available 2018 Reserve yours now SO second open
K303 LMS/BR Fairburn 2-6-4 T����������� £345.00 H40 G.N.R. coach lettering....................£21.00
K310A LNER/BR A3 with Corridor tender..£575.00 PARKSIDE WAGON KITS (SAVE 10-25%) FK first corridor
K317B BR Britannia with BR1/1A tender..£575.00 PS14 BR Grampus Ballast wagon..........£32.85 BSK brake second corridor
K324B B.R 9F 2-10-0 BR1B/BR1C...... £575.00 NEW DAPOL JINTY NEW HELJAN CLASS 45 BG gangwayed brake (parcels)
PS15 BR 21 Ton Mineral wagon............ £32.85
K326 B.R Class 03 complete kit.......... £395.00
PS16 LNER Loco Coal wagon................ £32.85
Early or late LMS S.D.J.R British 6 versions from original green to later blue GUV general utility van
K336 LNER/B.R Peppercorn A2........... £535.00 Railways or late B.R available Choice of liveries
PS17 BR 12 ton Pipe wagon................. £32.85 RRP £699.00 OUR PRICE £550.00
K338 LNER/B.R G5 0-4-0T.................. £395.00
K340 B.R Class 14 complete kit.......... £395.00 PS23 GWR/BR 13 ton open wagon........ £32.85 numbered or un-numbered Available now RRP £325.00 OUR PRICE £250.00
K344 NEW LNER/BR Hunt Class 4-4-0.£475.00 PS24 GWR/BR 12 ton unfitted van........ £32.85 RRP £225.00 OUR PRICE £191.25 4 or more pay only £240.00 each
K345 NEW LNER/BR Thompson A2/1�� £556.00 PS25 BR 24.5 ton mineral wagon......... £32.85 Any of the above sound fitted All currently available types in stock
PECO LINESIDE KITS PS26 GWR/BR 12 ton fitted van............ £32.85 RRP £400.00 OUR PRICE £340.00 NEW HELJAN CLASS 03
LK704 Wooden lineside hut kit..............£19.00 PS27 GWR/BR 12 ton open with tarp bar.£32.85 Available late 2017. Several versions from original
LK705 Brick lineside hut.......................£19.00 PS28 GWR/BR 12 ton plywood van....... £32.85 Reserve yours now NEW HELJAN WAGONS
LK709 Ground Level Signal Box............£27.25 PS29 GWR/BR Fruit van........................ £32.85
green to later blue Heljan Dogfish & Catfish RRP £99.95
LK735 GWR Yard Crane.........................£20.50
PS30 BR 16 ton mineral wagon............ £32.85
Price to be confirmed OUR PRICE £79.95 or
LK741 GWR spear fencing....................£10.50 See our website for details £75.00 for 5 or more
PS31 BR 16 ton slope sided mineral..... £32.85 DAPOL (EX LIONHEART) 45XX PRAIRIE
LK 742 GWR spear fencing ramps.........£10.50
LK743 Field fencing and gates................£9.45 PS32 BR 16 ton mineral (ex SNCF)........ £32.85 Superb quality fully finished with diecast Heljan Cargo Waggons RRP £189.00
LK745 Telegraph Poles (4)......................£6.00 PS33 BR 8 Plank wooden mineral......... £32.85 body and excellent detail. Choice of six Our price £155.00 each or
LK749 Loading Gauges (2)....................£11.85 PS42 LMS/BR 12 ton open wagon........ £32.85 liveries, numbered and un-numbered. NEW HELJAN CLASS 05 £600.00 for any four
LK750 Single track level crossing gates....£19.25 PS45 LNER/BR 12 ton goods van.......... £32.85 RRP £495.00 OUR PRICE £420.75 HJ2590 B.R. Plain Green
LK758 Platelayers tools...............................£6.10 PS46 LNER/BR 12 ton fruit van............. £32.85 Sound fitted RRP £650.00 OUR PRICE £552.50 HJ2591 B.R. Green with chevrons early
LK759 Platform lamps (4)............................£8.35 PS49 GWR/BR Mica van........................ £32.85 Available late 2017 Reserve yours now HJ2592 B.R. Green with chevrons late HELJAN CLASS 42
LK760 Telephone boxes (2)..........................£8.35 HJ2593 B.R. Blue with chevrons
LK761 GWR Station seats (4) ......................£7.90
LK762 MR/NER station seats (4)..................£7.90
PS100 SR/BR Banana van..................... £32.85
PS101 SR/BR Meat van........................ £32.85 HJ2594 CEGB Yellow WARSHIP
LK763 SR/BR Station seats.........................£7.90 PS104 BR 21 ton coal hopper............... £32.85 IXION HUDSWELL CLARKE HJ2595 NCB Green Ltd Ed original green (no panel)
HJ2596 Industrial Maroon Green, yellow panel D827 ‘Kelly’
LK764 Bicycles (8).......................................£7.90 PS106 SR/BR Cattle truck..................... £32.85 R.T.R 0-6-0 LOCO
RRP £395.00 OUR PRICE £315.00 Maroon, yellow panel D869 ‘Zest’
LK790 GWR home or distant signal.......£17.75 PS112 GWR/BR Gunpowder van........... £32.85 Lined forest green
Available mid 2017 Reserve yours now Ltd Ed, Maroon, yellow panel un-numbered
SLATERS BR WAGONS AND VANS PS114 LMS/BR Banana van.................. £32.85 RRP £299.00 OUR PRICE £225.00 Maroon, yellow front D815 ‘Druid’
7062 B.R 12ton Vanwide.......................£37.50 Any six for £164.50 saving 25% off RRP OR FITTED WITH DCC SOUND £375.00 Ltd Ed, Maroon, yellow front un-numbered
7063 B.R Standard Van.........................£37.50 BACHMANN SCENECRAFT BUILDINGS Blue, yellow ends pre-tops D866 Zebra
7064 B.R 12ton Standard/Flat Van........£37.50 47040 Diesel Refuelling Point...............£39.95 HELJAN READY TO RUN WAGONS Ltd Ed, Blue yellow ends, pre tops, un-numbered
7065 B.R Meat Van...............................£37.50 IXION FOWLER Class B tankers 4 types Blue, yellow ends post tops 829 ‘Magpie’
47047 Hampton Hill Platelayers Hut......£24.95
7066 B.R. Insulated Van........................£37.50 0-4-0 DIESEL SHUNTER VAA vans 4 types Ltd Ed, blue, yellow ends, post tops un-numbered
7067 B.R 13 ton conflat ‘A’...................£33.75 47203 Low Relief Corner Shop.............£25.95
GWR No1 lined green OAA open wagons 5 types RRP £699.00 our price £550.00
7069 B.R Lowfit Wagon........................£33.25 47004 Provender Store.....Special offer £30.00
or private owner plain green RRP £84.95 OUR PRICE £70.00
7070 B.R 12 ton Palvan........................£37.50 47009 Single Engine Shed...Special offer £60.00 SEND STAMPED S.A.E AND ASK FOR
7071 B.R 13 ton High Goods Wagon.....£33.25
RRP £299.00 OUR PRICE £225.00 Mix and match any ten for £65.00 each
47036 Sectional Lineside Hut....................£20.50 FREE 40 PAGE ‘0’ GAUGE PRICE LIST.
TOWER MODELS, 44 Cookson St., Blackpool FY1 3ED POSTAGE CHARGES
Email: sales@tower-models.com Orders up to £35.00 plus £2.50 p&p.
TEL: 01253 623797 or 623799 FAX: 01253 623797 Orders £35.01 to £150.00 plus £6.00 p&p.
TEL/FAX CREDIT CARD ORDERS WELCOME. WORLDWIDE MAIL ORDER
Visit our well stocked shop, 200 yards from Talbot Rd. Bus Station (Blackpool North
ORDERS OVER £150.00 POST FREE
Railway Station 400 yards). Open Mon to Sat 9.30 to 5.00 Overseas orders postage charged at cost.
Visit our website: www.tower-models.com All prices include VAT @ 20%.
We reserve the right to alter prices without notice.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 3
p003_BRMAug17.indd 3 29/06/2017 11:55
BRM DIGITAL
BRM TV
BRITISH RAILWAY MODELLING
IN THIS EPISODE...
For our scenic special issue, discover our scenic Cambrian-themed layout of the month,
‘Johnstown Quay’. Howard Smith paints a model skip and tests a flexible glue, whilst Phil
Parker suggests a technique for adding hedges to your layout.
BRM TV EXTRA
BRITISH RAILWAY MODELLING
Video Pages August 17.indd 2 10/07/2017 12:42
TELL US WHAT YOU
THINK OF THIS
MONTH’S DVD
VISIT OUR FACEBOOK PAGE
AND GET INVOLVED IN
THE CONVERSATION.
WATCH THE VIDEO HERE
(You must have a wifi connection to stream video content)
PLAY
BRM TV EXTRA
BRITISH RAILWAY MODELLING
Video Pages August 17.indd 3 10/07/2017 12:42
Contents ❙ August 2017
LAYOUTS NEWS AND REVIEWS
22 94
22
BARMOUTH JUNCTION (OO) NEWS
Leading our scenery special, take a trip Bits and bobs from the trade, including de-
along the windswept Welsh coastline in Geoff tails about the N Gauge Show and a new website
Taylor’s stunning scene. from Rails of Sheffield.
40 CORWENNA (OO)
Phil Waterfield’s layout is an impressive
depiction of the China clay drying process.
97 NEW MODELS
This month’s haul features Dapol’s Banana
Van and Oxford Rail’s Warwell wagon.
52 ST. MERRYN (P4)
Picture postcards from 1950s Cornwall
in an imaginative layout made by a group
99 NEW GEAR
Airbrushes, Gaugemaster street lighting
and other model railway accessories can be seen
of modellers. here.
74 FORTH BRIDGE (T)
Doug Kightley’s interpretation of this
famous railway bridge is a masterpiece of T
100 OXFORD DIECAST
JANUS 0-6-0
Has this brutish shunter been worth the wait?
gauge modelling. Andy York investigates.
82 LEA SIDING (G3)
Details take priority in this siding diorama,
showing that Gauge 3 doesn’t have to be confined
104 HATTON’S WARWELL
And York dives into the details of
Hatton’s version of the Warwell wagon.
to the garden.
PRACTICAL BRM
106 NEW BOOKS
Book for all, including a title that
demystifies the art of laser cutting and 3-D printing
34 THE ART OF BODGING for railway modellers.
Phil Parker finds creative ways to correct
104
common mistakes. Andy's gluey fingerprints in
this instance.
FEATURES
38 MAKE A FOOTBALL PITCH
It’s game on, as modelling craftsman 32 INBOX
This month featuring an interesting
restoration of a well-loved Triang Fowler 3f model.
Michael Russell shows how to get the most out of
static grass.
92 BEATING LICKEY INCLINE
48 TELEGRAPH POLES How Lickey Incline came to be the most
A commonplace feature on many layouts, infamous gradient on the British railway network.
Michael Russell builds and plants telegraph poles.
102 PROTOTYPE INSPIRATION
38
Find out more about the service history
58 TREE MASTERCLASS
Another treat from Michael as he creates
the perfect British oak tree.
of the Janus 0-6-0 Diesel-Electric locomotive.
146 TAIL LAMP
Our work experience lad has a
66 BACKSCENE BEAUTY
You don’t have to be a talented artist to
paint a convincing backscene, says David Wright.
few words to say about exhibition layouts and
digital railway controls.
70 CARD KIT UPGRADE
BRM
Phil Parker improves a standard card kit
footbridge with minimal time and effort.
78 BOAT CLUB DIORAMA
Phil Parker indulges his other passion and
creates a realistic boat club scene. Ducks included. BRITISH RAILWAY MODELLING
Delivered to VISIT OUR WEBSITE
88 BUILDING BIG BERTHA
An iconic banker is painstakingly recreated
by Tony Wright in this step-by-step kit build.
you for just FOR MORE DETAILS
£3.84 an
issue! W www.brm-magazine.co.uk
4 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
04_Contents.indd 4 04/07/2017 10:49
On this month's scenic special BRM TV DVD: Discover 'Johnstown
Road', add hedges to your layout and simple painting techniques…
40
94
58
DIGITAL CONTENT
Download the BRM digital edition for even more amazing content:
Extra Hear exclusive See a gallery Continue your
video audio opinions of bonus enjoyment
content and insight images online
■
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 5
04_Contents.indd 5 04/07/2017 10:49
OUT NOW & COMING SOON!
R3434 Sr Merchant Navy (Original) R3435 Sr Merchant Navy (Original)
‘Channel Packet’ No 21c1 Loco ‘Royal Mail’ No 21c3 Loco
£179.99 - AVAILABLE NOW £179.99 - AVAILABLE 14TH APRIL
Avoid disappointment. Pre-order yours today!
R3422 R3423 R3416
SR 4-4-2T ‘3125’ BR 4-4-2T ‘30583’ BR 0-6-0 ‘65464’
Adams Radial 415 Class Adams Radial 415 Class - Late BR J15 Class - Late BR
£139.99- AVAILABLE NOW £139.99- AVAILABLE NOW £126.49- AVAILABLE NOW
R4234B R4235C R3422
Stanier Period III Corridor 1st Class Coach Stanier Period III Corridor 3rd Class Coach Stanier Period III 68’ Dining/Restaurant Car
‘M1080M’, BR Maroon ‘M1741M’, BR Maroon ‘M232M’, BR Maroon
£44.99- AVAILABLE NOW £44.99- AVAILABLE NOW £44.99- AVAILABLE 21st April
R3397 R3400
Lms Suburban Passenger Train Pack Golden Arrow Last Steam Run Train Pack
£264.99- AVAILABLE NOW £319.99- AVAILABLE NOW
R3484 R3485
Br 0-6-0 Diesel Electric BR Class 08 BR 0-6-0 Diesel Electric BR Class 08 R3394TTS
No 13363 ‘M1080M’, BR Maroon ‘Laira Diesel Depot’ No 08644 Br Bo-bo ‘20183’ Class 20
£139.99- AVAILABLE NOW £139.99- AVAILABLE NOW £109.99- AVAILABLE 5th May
TO SEE THESE AND THE REST OF THE HORNBY RANGE VISIT YOUR LOCAL MODEL SHOP
Dates shown are for guidance only and subject to change.
Visit www.hornby.com to locate our nearest Hornby stockist or call 01843 233525
p006_BRMAug17.indd 6 04/07/2017 08:43
Welcome Go Digital: Discover more at
www.pocketmags.com/BRM
BRM SEPTEMBER ISSUE ON
SALE AUGUST 17 - SEE P143
BRITISH RAILWAY MODELLING
is published by Warners Group Publications plc
T 01778 392059 E BRM@warnersgroup.co.uk
SUBSCRIPTION ENQUIRIES
T 01778 392002
DIGITAL EDITION ENQUIRIES
E help@pocketmags.com
EDITORIAL
❙ MANAGING EDITOR Andy McVittie
E andy.mcvittie@warnersgroup.co.uk
❙ FEATURES EDITOR Howard Smith
E howards@warnersgroup.co.uk
❙ FEATURES WRITER Phil Parker
E phil@pagenumberone.co.uk
I
❙ RMWEB EDITOR & BRM PHOTOGRAPHER
n my ongoing attempt to familiarise myself Speaking of small, it was at the sizeable Andy York ❙ E info@rmweb.co.uk
❙ TRACKPLAN ILLUSTRATOR
with the railway modelling hobby, to get to Great Central Railway event that we saw two Ian Wilson at Pacific Studio
know the fine folk involved therein and, as a disarmingly little layouts from Dave and Shirley E ian@pacificstudio.co.uk
responsible editor, to spread the BRM message Rowe. Each fitting snugly within what looked like
❙ PUBLISHER Steve Cole
as far and wide as possible, I tend to be out and modest glass-fronted teak cocktail cabinets, and E stevec@warnersgroup.co.uk
about as often as time and my rapidly balding car apparently not quite in their original working ❙ MARKETING MANAGER Carly Dadge
E carlyd@warnersgroup.co.uk
tyres will allow. Having now spent more weekends order, both were still exquisite examples of model-
at model railway, garden railway and model making and were easily among the best of the ADVERTISING
engineering shows than I have with my family – layouts on display at the entire show. This has ❙ GROUP ADVERTISING MANAGER Bev Machin
T 01778 392055
only a minor exaggeration, I promise you – I think given us an idea for the theme of a future issue, so E bevm@warnersgroup.co.uk
I’m beginning to develop a taste for the smaller watch this space. ❙ SALES EXECUTIVE Allison Mould
T 01778 395002
events. Case in point, the two weekends I spent in Returning to the contents of this issue and E allison.mould@warnersgroup.co.uk
Burton-on-Trent town hall recently. Some might we’re focusing on railway modelling scenery, with
unkindly suggest that’s at least one too many, but I a selection of picturesque layouts. Friend of the DESIGN AND PRODUCTION
❙ DESIGNERS
greatly enjoyed both. The ‘DEMU Showcase’ first, magazine, Geoff Taylor, leads with ‘Barmouth James Teather
which is all about the modern image. Thronged Junction’, which is just one of several stops on E jamest@warnersgroup.co.uk
Ruth Jamieson
with fans of the latter, as it was, it was great to see his extensive home layout. Geoff is known, and E ruth.jamieson@warnersgroup.co.uk
so many contemporary scenes together in one rightly celebrated, for his architectural modelling, ❙ ADVERTISING DESIGNER
venue without getting into an almighty scrum. If although this is one of his more pastoral scenes. Amie Carter E amiec@warnersgroup.co.uk
❙ PRODUCTION
I’d been given a Pound for every Maersk shipping Pete Waterfield’s ‘Corwenna’ has more in the Pat Price T 01778 391115
container I saw I might have returned home a way of industry, although even this is scenic in E patp@warnersgroup.co.uk
richer man, though! its depiction of the Cornish landscape and the DISTRIBUTION
The 7mm Narrow Gauge Association show the China clay drying process. And we have four TRADE ACCOUNT SALES
following weekend, meanwhile, was a somewhat other layouts besides, including a look at the Natalie Cole T 01778 392404
E tradeaccountorders@warnersgroup.co.uk
quieter affair, allowing even more space to meet monumental ‘Forth Bridge’, which is a substantial ❙ UK/OVERSEAS NEWSTRADE SALES
and speak with modellers and exhibitors. Phil piece of scenery all by itself. Keiron Jefferies T 01778 395043
Parker and I ended up spending most of the day Add to that our scenic practical features that E keironj@warnersgroup.co.uk
❙ NEWSTRADE DISTRIBUTION
there. Among the many highlights we were both will have you laying perfect static grass, planting Tom Brown 01778 391135
taken with the working railway elevator, which prototypical telegraph poles and modelling a ISSN 0968-0764
we were told was part of a much larger home classic British oak tree, and you’re ❙ PRINTING
layout, and a little 09 scene called ‘Black Cat surely well on your way to becoming Warners (Midlands) plc, The Maltings,
Mine’ (pictured), which we hope to feature in a the Capability Browns of railway West Street, Bourne, Lincolnshire PE10 9PH
future edition. Small layouts are very much Phil’s modelling. And on that scenic/
thing, and I’m beginning to share his enthusiasm. historic note, let’s get on with it… ■
Meantime, the various rocks and stones strewn Ideas for contributions should be sent in outline form to the Editor for
consideration. Please clearly mark all material with your name and
about the layout turned out to be a mix of cat litter address, and include sufficient postage if you require material to be
returned. Views expressed by contributors are not necessarily those
and ‘Chinchilla sand’. I suppose the creative use of of the Editor or Publisher. From time to time Warners lend reputable
companies the names and addresses of readers who have responded to
animal sanitary products is as good an example of offers, services and competitions organised by BRM. If you do not wishto
receive such mailings, please write to Warners Group Distribution, Dept
WD, Manor Lane, Bourne, Lincolnshire PE10 9PH or call 01778 391153.
the ingenuity of railway modellers as any… MANAGING EDITOR ❘ Andy McVittie
■
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 77
07_welcome HS.indd 7 30/06/2017 15:08
p008_BRMAug17.indd 8 29/06/2017 11:55
p008_BRMAug17.indd 9 29/06/2017 11:56
p010_BRMAug17.indd 10 29/06/2017 11:57
p010_BRMAug17.indd 11 29/06/2017 11:57
p012_BRMAug17.indd 12 29/06/2017 11:59
p012_BRMAug17.indd 13 29/06/2017 11:59
Hattons.indd 14
04/07/2017 08:50
�a��a� Bo��e F�a� �a�o�
LQ%5JUHHQ7766RXQGŤWWHG
Mk1 BSO/FO coaches
)2ŤUVWRSHQ:LQ%5EOXHDQGJUH\
)2ŤUVWRSHQ(LQ%5PDURRQ
Hattons.indd 15
04/07/2017 08:50
Hattons.indd 16
04/07/2017 08:50
Hattons.indd 17
04/07/2017 08:50
Hattons.indd 18
04/07/2017 08:52
Hattons.indd 19
04/07/2017 08:52
Hattons.indd 20
04/07/2017 08:52
Hattons.indd 21
04/07/2017 08:52
LAYOUT FOCUS
BARMOUTH
JUNCTION
Geoff Taylor’s windswept coastal scene is part of a much
more substantial layout. Big enough, in fact, that its
timetable takes over six hours to complete…
Factfile
Layout name: Barmouth Junction
Scale/gauge: 4mm:1ft / 16.5 (00 gauge)
Size: 19ft x 7ft
Era/region: BR Western Region 1948 - 1965
Location: West coast of Wales
Layout type: Junction to fiddle yards
Power/control: DCC, Lenz controllers
Words: Geoff Taylor
Photography: Andy York
22 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
22_Barmouth HS.indd 22 04/07/2017 10:50
O0
most of the space would be for Barmouth
Junction, but I realised I could include
Penmaenpool station and
Dolgelley goods yard too
'Lydham Manor' draws into Barmouth Junction station with the slopes of Cader Idris on the
handpainted backscene. Geoff's handbuilt station is a fine record of the long-gone building.
This platform is the only one which still survives from the original four.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 23
22_Barmouth HS.indd 23 03/07/2017 10:20
LAYOUT FOCUS
B
armouth Junction is part of a layout
that includes Penmaenpool (as
featured in BRM July and August
2016) and Dolgelley goods yard. I first
became interested in this station when I
borrowed the C. C. Green book The Coast
Lines of the Cambrian Railway, but due to
space restrictions at the time, I decided to
model Penhelig, which is actually another
station in Aberdovey. The larger station is
a little way out of town to the north. Plans
were drawn up for Penhelig and a start
was made on the buildings, but then we
moved to mid-Wales to start up my model
building business.
The layout was shelved while I
concentrated on the business, the house
and the garden. A few years later, a space
was acquired for a shed, so the plans and
books came out again and it was then that
I decided to model Barmouth Junction.
This was ideal for me as my 'day job' was
now constructing model buildings and this
station didn't have many buildings on it.
I also like to see a fair amount of scenery
instead of just trackwork on layouts, so it
was just what I wanted. I may never have
finished an urban scene anyway, because
the models take such a lot of time to
construct. I liked the idea that trains came
up both the branch and the main coast
lines to the junction and then went into a
single track across the bridge. This could
be interesting to operate.
Plans were drawn to a scale of one inch
to one foot, to see what could be achieved.
The junction station would need a fair The perspective on the backscene, painted by Sara Heller, looking towards Llwyngwril is exactly that of a seagull's-
eye view from Barmouth Junction as the Collett Goods' train snakes over the pointwork onto the single line section
amount of space to model properly and, of towards Aberdovey.
course, there would be three storage yards
24 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
22_Barmouth HS.indd 24 03/07/2017 10:21
O0
The handbuilt signals are a delight as is the concrete post and wire fencing which separates too. I did think about modelling the lovely
the railways land from the salt marshes of the Mawddach estuary. They are still there today. Barmouth Bridge but I thought it would
take up too much space and wouldn't be
too interesting as a model. I also needed
some workspace built into the room, which
was another factor in the design.
Most of the space would be for
Barmouth Junction, but I realised that I
could also get Penmaenpool station and
Dolgelley goods yard in as well, by using
gradients on different levels. I wanted to
capture the windswept location of the
area and model the platforms as near as
possible to the real station. Both the main
and branch lines used to splay out from
the station but, by curving them inwards,
it could actually work as a model. Also,
I wanted the trains to go on a journey
to get to the next station instead of just
going through the backscene into the next
section. Quite an ambitious plan, which I
hoped would work!
From the scale plans, I drew it full size
on lining paper, so I could see exactly how
it looked. I was now ready to start the
baseboards and framing. For the majority
of the baseboard tops, I've used 12mm
MDF and 9mm for the gradient boards.
Wood framing is mostly 50 x 25mm with
the legs being 50 x 50mm. Gradients have
been built to a minimum of 1-in-48, but
even that means that certain locomotives
can't pull any more than three coaches,
which is not really a problem as some
trains only had three or four coaches
anyway. I wanted the junction to be at a
height of four feet, so everything else is
less, coming down to the lowest part of the
layout at three feet.
It was always going to be a DCC
layout, so the wiring reflected that, as the
boards were being made with bus wires
going under or by the side of the tracks.
Each piece of track is soldered to these
with dropper wires. The Lenz system is
used with the rotary controllers, which
I find better than the thumbwheel. All
locomotives have decoders and these
are mostly TCS. Some also have sound
decoders fitted, which somehow makes
quite a difference to how you drive them.
Trackwork is 4mm 00 scale. The
main reason for this is that I don't make
locomotives and I didn't want to convert
all the rolling stock wheels to either P4 or
EM. I was determined that the track should
look as good as I could get it, though. I've
used SMP flexible track, which has had all
the webbing cut off and then repositioned
on the plan. This makes the Woodlands
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 25
22_Barmouth HS.indd 25 03/07/2017 10:22
LAYOUT FOCUS
A Collet Goods returns from Barmouth to be turned on the triangle at Barmouth
Junction as a northbound service hauled by a Standard 4MT tank waits at the
northbound platform.
The crew of the Manor keep an open eye as they cross the junction onto
the line for Aberdovey and Machynlleth as the sea mist rolls in.
26 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
22_Barmouth HS.indd 26 04/07/2017 10:54
O0
Scenics ballast a bit easier to put on. All the The signalman waits with the token for the Dolgelley branch for the
scenic sections of pointwork were hand- driver of No. 7800, Torquay Manor.
built by my friend John Bailey. The three
storage yards and the hidden sections have
Peco track and pointwork. Tortoise point
motors have been used throughout and
wired back to panels, with diagrams of the
track and LEDs for direction. I've drawn
up the panel displays on the computer and
then had them printed onto metal and
made wood surrounds for them. I had a lot
of help with the panel and Tortoise wiring,
as I get a bit phased with any more than
two wires!
The three storage yards have been named
as ‘Barmouth’, ‘Machynlleth’ and ‘Ruabon’,
which gives an indication of where the
trains are going to or coming from. Each is
different to operate, with Ruabon being the
easiest, as it is just in at one end and out
at the other. 'Machynlleth' has a traverser
at the end and a run round track, but it's
'Barmouth' that is the busiest. Trains
come in and are detached at the end of
each road using magnets for the Kadee
couplings and a Pannier tank fetches the locomotive either backs to turn on the an artist, I have kept them really simple.
coaching stock back past the first point shed turntable or waits to turn on the For this project I commissioned a local
into the scenic section. Meanwhile, the junction loop. This manoeuvre was done artist, Sara Heller to paint them. They
in real life and up to four locomotives have been painted with acrylic paints on
could be seen turning on the loop a long roll of acrylic canvas that has been
between passenger services. attached to MDF and hardboard. The part
On previous layouts, I've managed to at the Barmouth end didn't need to have
paint the backscenes myself, but not being the bridge painted on it, as the track on
the layout is supposed to go across it. All
backscenes are curved at the ends to give
a better look with no sharp corners, which
is a lot more pleasing to the eye. At the
widest point, the scenery is seven feet wide
and access would be needed to get to the
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 27
22_Barmouth HS.indd 27 04/07/2017 10:55
LAYOUT FOCUS BR Western Region 1948 - 1965
furthest parts for maintenance. Two lifting the main, as I like the range of textures PVA glue was applied in some of the
sections have been made complete with and colours. Other materials used were channels and very fine sand was sprinkled,
scenery over the top and are pushed up teddy bear fur, hanging basket liners, sea followed with a few layers of varnish. Quite
from below and then secured with a wood moss for trees and bushes and a variety a lot of fencing was needed and these were
bearer to keep them in place when working of other scenic scatter flocks and earth made from plastic posts with strong black
on the layout. powder from Tremendous Models. The cotton thread; gluing now and again to
The rock faces of the small hill have been embankment behind the signal box was keep them in place.
built up with polystyrene shapes glued the bed of the old tramway around 1900, The buildings are made from Plastikard
together and a very thick layer of building which only lasted a few years. with plastic brick sheet overlays. The
plaster covering it. It was left to dry for two The area leading up to the bridge (not windows, doors and valancing are all
weeks to make sure it had all set properly. modelled) is mostly marshland with etched brass from my own artwork.
I used various tools to create the rock channels that are filled with water at high Barmouth Junction platforms are all a
formations, such as a screwdriver, chisel tide. A channel flows under a small bridge, bit different from one another, and their
and dental probes, until the desired effect which acts as an escape to any excess water. faces are stone, wood and concrete. They
was reached. A black wash was painted on To achieve these channels I broke up pieces were made from good quality card on
to see how the rocks would look before of insulation board, glued them down and card formers and some were scored where
painting in various shades of greys, greens put a watery mix of plaster over everything. necessary. The sign boards have all been
and whites to resemble the real thing. A When dry, a basic earth colour was applied. drawn on the computer, mounted on
magnificent view can be had from the top
of this hill today.
Scenery has been achieved using
different methods and materials.
Woodlands Scenics has been used in
A busy scene as a Collet Goods draws into the platform for Aberdovey as a Dukedog with a service
28 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk from Ruabon and Dolgelly waits to head over the bridge to Barmouth.
22_Barmouth HS.indd 28 03/07/2017 10:24
Trackplan
22_Barmouth HS.indd 29
BARMOUTH JUNCTION
I liked the idea that trains came up both the branch and the main
coast lines to the junction and then went into a single track
across the bridge. This could be interesting to operate
O0
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 29
EM
04/07/2017 10:58
LAYOUT FOCUS
card and attached to posts or the station The 'Dukedogs' will be forever associated with the Cambrian routes. So many of the engine types used on
building. Signals have been made by the Cambrian are well catered for by Bachmann whose chief designer, Merl Evans, was an Aberystwyth
Tony Geary and are operated using servos man and a fan of the Cambrian.
being pulled from lever frames at the
different locations.
The stock on the layout is all ready-to-
run from Bachmann, with a few Hornby
items. The only exceptions to these are
a Dukedog and a Stanier 2-6-2T, both of
which are kit-built by friends. As the model
is all the BR period from 1948-1965, the
coaches are a mixture of maroon, carmine
and cream, and chocolate and cream.
They are all weathered to some degree
and have Kadee couplings on each end
of the rakes. Both ex-GWR and Standard
class locomotives can be seen during this
period, which gives a lot of variety to the
trains. Goods wagons and vans are mostly
Bachmann and are all in the process of
having Spratt & Winkle couplings fitted for
shunting purposes.
The layout is operated to a sequence with
screens at the main areas, and was designed
by John Elliott. Either a friend or I uses a
laptop to change the screen pages, which
tells the operators the next move. There are
124 pages to the sequence, taking over six
hours to get through, so you can never tell
what the next move might be, which makes
for more interesting operating.
I am more than pleased with the layout.
It's better than I could have imagined when
it was in the planning stage and is certainly
more complex than I first thought. The
operating sessions are really enjoyable
with friends, which makes this hobby very
worthwhile. At present, we have to shout
to the next station to see if a train can
travel, but that is about to change with the
addition of block instrument panels that
are in the process of being made. So, all in
all, my ambitious plans worked and very
well it seems.
Although most of the layout is finished,
there are just a few small details to be
added such as porters, a station master and
one or two passengers which will be done
by Alan Buttler of Modelu 3D who is a
regular visitor to the layout. He has already
made the signalman with single line hoop,
the benches on the platform and the rather
marvellous station platform lamps. My
friend John Bailey, who passed away in
2015, was very much part of my layout,
helping me in various aspects of it on a
regular basis. The lovely pointwork that
he made is still admired and it would have
been nice if he could have seen the layout
in its more or less finished state. n
30 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
22_Barmouth HS.indd 30 03/07/2017 10:24
O0
I wanted the trains
to go on a journey
to get to the next
station instead of
just going through
the backscene into
the next section.
Quite an ambitious
plan, which I hoped
would work!
Meet the modeller
Geoff originally trained as a printer,
and his work entailed much travel
nationwide. By the mid-1990s,
though, he had decided on a change of
direction.
Already a member of the Manchester
Model Railway Society (MMRS), he
expressed an interest in making the
buildings for the group’s ‘Dewsbury
Midland’ layout. His initial efforts
were met with approval, and the layout
went on to be a popular fixture on the
exhibition circuit. Geoff 's work thus
came to wider attention, and other
building assignments followed. One
of these was the noted ‘The Gresley
Beat’, for which Geoff constructed
a substantial portion of the London
cityscape.
His initial goal achieved, Geoff
was soon able to turn his hobby into
a business. His move to mid-Wales
has enabled more space to engage in
further commissions and to incorporate
Barmouth Junction into a much larger
and more complex layout. A skilled
scratch-builder and published
author, Geoff now specialises
in bespoke work and laser-
cut MDF models that can
be bought from his
website. See www.
gtbuildingsmodels.
co.uk for more.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 31
22_Barmouth HS.indd 31 03/07/2017 10:25
BRM The Maltings, West Street, Bourne, Lincolnshire PE10 9PH
KEEP IN TOUCH TELEPHONE 01778 392059
INBOX
WEBSITE www.brm-magazine.co.uk
E-MAIL howards@warnersgroup.co.uk
Your forum for sharing information, questions,
praise, grumbles, projects, layouts and your
thoughts on the hobby then and now.
Q&A
LETTERS BUDGET LOCOMOTIVE RESCUE
PROJECTS Although a miniature figure painter and modeller, originals and replaced them with new ones so
this is my first attempt at repair and detailing they matched.
of a model locomotive. Whilst browsing eBay The most difficult repair was the damaged
I discovered a OO gauge Tri-ang Fowler 4F chimney. I filed out the hole to take 5mm
BACK IN THE FOLD model. A bid of £7.30 secured it and on delivery I
discovered a sad specimen. The locomotive had
diameter brass rod. This was cut to size and
inserted to provide a base on which I sculpted
broken buffer beams, two missing buffers and a a new chimney from filler. The internal retaining
badly split chimney. screw shoulder came from plastic tube that
I separated the body from the chassis and the slipped inside the brass rod and was glued.
body was given a good clean. Fluff and gunk was Looking at images of the '4F' the very
removed from the chassis along with grey residue distinctive reversing lever assembly (right-hand Wa
on the wheels and wipers. I popped the chassis drive on this model) stood out. These weren’t Cat
onto a meter length of test track and applied particularly well defined on the Tri-ang model. ww
some power and it worked. The reversing lever was made from plastikard C
I filed out the broken areas on the buffer hinged with a pin. I added running plate steps
beams and fitted pieces of 0.020" plastikard to made from plastikard for good measure and
the tidied gaps. I drilled holes in the replacement made vertical hand rails for the cab from
plastikard making sure they aligned with the jeweller’s wire. A driver was added converted
surviving buffers. With a good fit I removed the from a 20mm plastic soldier via cutting, gluing
and bending, plus more filler.
Discover 'Barton Road' in the May 2017 issue of I opted for plain black livery with late British
BRM. Download it as a digital edition today at www. Railways markings. The locomotive was then
pocketmags.com/BRM sprayed with several light coats of satin varnish
Thank you for an inspiring read in the April and with the buffer beams and driver painted using
May editions. I’ve been a modeller since 2008, acrylic paints. Perhaps this article will inspire you
but owing to illness I’d almost given up on my as I enjoyed the experience immensely.
layouts. My partner brought home a copy of
Robin Miles
BRM for me to look at and I was very inspired
by ‘Caverswall Junction’ (April 2017) and ‘Barton
Road’ (May 2017). The scrapyard on the latter
was really good, and gave me some thoughts
on the heritage line yard I was modelling before
my enthusiasm wained. I’ve now revisited my
modelling projects, dusted off my locomotives
and had a running session, so thank you for
getting me enthused once more!
Kim Palmer
COAL YARD SCENE CORRECTION
My layout, ‘Lancefields’ is loosely dated around
the 1955-1965 era and is still growing. For me, In the BRM Guide to Trackplans
railway modelling is an ongoing hobby, with so and Layout Design Vol. 2, we
much to learn along the way. incorrectly attributed the White
My last addition to the coal yard scene is a Rose Model Works baseboards
Walther cornerstone Old Time Coal Conveyor, on featured on page 72 as being built
the basis of, "if it aint broke, don't fix it". It seems by Phil Parker.
the ideal way of lifting coal into the back of a truck Used as the basis for the BRM
that’s probably not prototypical, but it’s my layout. project layout 'Ruston Quays', the
My idea was that private coal merchants would modular baseboards that feature
need to collect coal from a central depot for are available to order from its
domestic delivery. I didn’t include coal staithes website or via telephone.
as I believe coal would’ve been shovelled from a A new selection of 'bolt on'
wagon directly onto the ground, then moved by products compatible with its
hand. current baseboard offerings is
available soon. For further details,
Roger Giles see page opposite.
W www.whiterosemodelworks.co.uk
32 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
32_Inbox HS.indd 32 29/06/2017 09:36
Search for ‘British RM
web
Forum
Railway Modelling’ RMweb.co.uk
SCI-FI MISSILE SILO
'Cato Pass' is a science-fiction underground missile silo/rocket launch
bay housed in a cavern, based on a Saturn moon called Enceladus. It’s
displayed with a model rocket called Shockwave which I’ve flown several
times and a steampunk passenger rocket. I usually exhibit it wearing a
‘steampunk’ costume and the layout fuses a ‘steampunk-style’ with a
general sci-fi futuristic one.
Where else can you find a layout that displays rockets, robots, dinosaurs
and armoured trains on a rickety track? I find the layout gets a great
response from families and youngsters because they can relate to sci-fi
films, unlike a growing number who can't recall the age of steam. The layout
receives many show invitations which I enjoy. 'Cato Pass' has many build
and entertainment videos on my YouTube channel: Calvertfilm.
Laurie Calvert
Watch a vi
deo of
Cato Pass
, visi
www.brmm t
.ag/
CatoPass
er
rie’s oth ly
See Lau th e Ju
yout in
home la ow nload it
BRM. D
issue of ion today.
ital edit
as a dig .pocketmags.
w
Visit ww /BRM
com
Send us your Letters
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 33
32_Inbox HS.indd 33 29/06/2017 09:37
PRACTICAL BRM
Shopping list
| 4ground 'Hanford Station' -
www.4groundtrackside.co.uk
| Aerosol matt varnish
| Gaugemaster 'Tiny Signs' railway posters
www.gaugemaster.co.uk
| Railmatch 606 GWR 'Light Stone' paint
THE ART OF BODGING
We all make mistakes, as Andy McVittie proved when he attempted to build a laser-cut station.
Could Phil Parker save the model?
Andy: Phil: about a railway modeller. Talking about
My model-making education continues When I got my hands on the station, it was his latest layout, he pointed out an oil
unabated. This month I've had a crack at a basically OK, but as Andy has said, there drum spilling its contents on the ground.
4Ground 'Hanford Station' building. were glue marks on a few surfaces. To most This wasn't a deliberate feature, but he'd
Laser cut from card and MDF, it makes new modellers this can seem like the end of accidentally dripped a little black paint and
up very nicely and the finished model the world. All you can see are the faults and since it had soaked into the surface before
is quite robust. Stepping away from the it's tempting to chuck the thing in the bin. he could clean it up, an oil drum was added
workbench, though, I spotted a few too I've certainly been there, but after years to complete the scene turning an accident
many glue marks on the walls and roof. of messing things up, I can offer the into a feature.
Of course, by the time I realised my error, following advice: Don't see mistakes as problems, but as
they were well and truly dry and when you • It's only toy trains. Seriously, we are opportunities to learn something new.
see them, they rather spoil the building’s talking about railway models here. I must have made thousands of errors over
appearance. It’s frustrating when things go wrong, the years, it's just that we don't always put
Disappointed at making such a basic but no-one dies. them in the magazine!■
boo-boo and keen to make amends, I • You see all the faults in your models.
reached out to our modelling expert Phil Hardly anyone else does, especially once
Parker to see if he had any suggestions. they are on the layout.
He was sympathetic and assured me that
I'd made the same mistake as prety much
• Much like driving, the skill isn't so much
getting everything right first time, it's being
being a good
every other modeller before me, and said
that if the building wasn’t actually on fire
able to deal with problems when they arise.
I'd go so far as to say that being a good
bodger is the most
it should be possible to do something
about it. Over to Phil for the rest, but if
bodger is the most important skill that any
modeller can develop.
important skill that
any readers have made similar mistakes, or Imagination is just as important as skill any modeller
can develop
found clever solutions to cover their errors, and luckily we all have this. I remember
I'd really like to hear about them. seeing a TV documentary many years ago
34 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
34_Practical_Weather a 4ground building HS.indd 34 04/07/2017 11:01
00
1 2
Andy hasn't done a bad job with the station but there are several glue marks on the walls and roof for me to sort out.
He's also made the classic error of putting the doors in upside down. As a general rule, on a panelled door, the taller
sections are at the top. You could look at the pictures in the instructions, but then we've all missed that one.
Since the glue used was PVA-based, it's possible to soak
3 4 the glue to remove it. This trick certainly works for joints
in woodwork, but here, all I managed to do is damage
the surface of the card, peeling away some of the colour.
However, this gives me an idea.
If the glue has to stay, it's a good idea to disguise it A problem with this model that isn't down to Andy's
with a spray of matt varnish. While this won't cover the construction are the ridges along the rooftops.
marks, at least they aren't shiny so might be mistaken As supplied they are castellated, which ensures the
for weathering. parts line up, but it doesn't look very good. I used some
Metcalfe Models ridge tiles left over from another project.
6 4Ground sells a similar set to enhance the building.
7 Posters and signs quickly hide any marks, but try to
pick something that actually should be where you wish
to hang it. A poster or sign in an odd place will look
worse than any glue. While I'm at it, the doors have
gained knobs made by pushing Peco track pins through
the cardboard.
Expert
Careful use of accessories can hide a multitude of sins.
Even a small tree growing against the end wall covers up
the glue marks on the surface. If a tree doesn't appeal,
how about a lorry parked against it?
Old buildings often have ivy growing up the walls. For
a temporary version, I've used some scenic sheet fixed
with wax, but if you don't need it to be removable, PVA
and some coarse flock powder does the job. Sadly,
tip
stations rarely see this sort of growth, so it's not a
solution this time.
8
Make sure that parts fit before opening the glue.
Try everything dry – if something doesn't fit you
can make changes. Adding glue won't make it any
better, but as you fumble around, you can be sure it
will spread. Less is definitely more. Glue marks are
wasted glue, so try to use as little as possible. With
practice you will be surprised just how small an
amount will work.
It might seem the obvious way to do it, but
applying glue straight from a tube or bottle is asking
for trouble. Try pouring a tiny amount onto a piece
of scrap plastic, then picking up a few drops using
the end of a very small screwdriver. That way, you
get the bare minimum onto the model, and keeping
your fingers out of the adhesive.
If you do plonk a gluey finger onto a visible
surface, wipe the mark away immediately. Don't
Peeling the card surface away has given me an idea. The ultimate solution to surface marks for this model would be a let it dry. A moist paper towel (keep one to hand) is
repaint. How about modelling the building while it is being repainted for real? Peeling away a little more card, painting perfect, but if I'm working with PVA glue, I'll lick my
part of the end using Railmatch GWR light stone and adding a suitable figure means that I've not only hidden the finger and wipe the glue away.
problem, but turned it into a feature for the layout.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 35
34_Practical_Weather a 4ground building HS.indd 35 04/07/2017 11:03
00 Scale
TRACKSIDE
WAY UK
TRACKSIDE AND WATERWAYS
Fully featured laser cut
kits with pre-painted parts
as standard.
www.4groundtrackside.com
HAVE YOU ASKED YOUR LOCAL MODEL SHOP IF THEY STOCK 4GROUND
p036_BRMAug17.indd 1 04/07/2017 12:13
Selling your model railways?
Warwick and Warwick have an expanding requirement
for early to modern collections of British and Foreign
trains and train sets from large accumulations to
items of individual value. Our customer base is
increasing dramatically and we need an ever
larger supply of quality material to keep pace with
demand. The market has never been stronger
and if you are considering the sale of your
collection, now is the time to act.
FREE VALUATIONS - We will provide a free, professional
valuation of your collection, without obligation on your part
to proceed. Either we will make you a fair, binding private
treaty offer, or we will recommend inclusion of your
property in our next public auction.
FREE TRANSPORTATION - We can arrange insured
transportation of your collection to our Warwick offices
completely free of charge. If you decline our offer, we ask
you to cover the return carriage costs only.
FREE VISITS - Visits by our valuers are possible anywhere
in the country or abroad, usually within 48 hours, in order
to value larger collections. Please phone for details.
ADVISORY DAYS - We have an ongoing programme of
advisory days, in all regions of the United Kingdom, where
you can meet us and discuss the sale of your collection.
Visit our website for further details.
We will be visiting the following towns within the next few weeks:
Stoke on Trent, Sunderland, Scarborough, Newbury,
Burnley, Oldham, Runcorn, Northwich, Staines, Belfast,
Galashiels, Dunfermline, Hamilton, Cirencester, Sudbury,
Braintree, Ruislip and Isle of Man.
EXCELLENT PRICES - Because of the strength of our
customer base we are in a position to offer prices that we
feel sure will exceed your expectations.
ACT NOW - Telephone or email Richard Beale today with
details of your property.
Warwick & Warwick Ltd., Chalon House, Scar Bank,
Millers Road, Warwick CV34 5DB England
Auctioneers And VAluers Tel: (01926) 499031 • Fax: (01926) 491906
www.warwickandwarwick.com Email: richard.beale@warwickandwarwick.com
Get the experts on your side! /warwickauctions @warwickauctions
068_PTAd_TrainsMonthlyA4_Nov16.indd
p037_BRMAug17.indd 1 1 07/11/2016
29/06/2017 16:34
12:01
PRACTICAL BRM
Proudly sponsored by GAUGEMASTER.com
How to make…
A FOOTBALL DIORAMA
Looking for an innovative layout cameo? Freshly armed with static grass ideas and a minimum
number of products, Michael Russell crafts a winning scene.
M
ost towns and even some villages municipal park, school playground or 1
have a football team. Past and on waste ground allowing you to add
present, the railways have a strong details such as a muddy patch where the
connection with them - even founding goalkeeper stands. ■
some - but also mobilising fans to matches,
often with arranged ‘football special’ trains Shopping list
for larger events. If you’d like to add an
Gaugemaster
often overlooked scene with an important | Noch stadium 14398
railway link, try this diorama for size. | English fans 15972
I’ve used a stand from manufacturer | English players 15971
| Spring meadow grass 08300
Noch, sold by Gaugemaster. It’s a laser- | Noch 6 and 8mm fibres
cut kit with accurate dimensions and is
a delight to assemble making it ideal for | War World Scenics 1mm static grass
summer and spring mixes
beginners. Its realistic colours are sensible | 0.9mm brass wire
and muted. This project is great if you’re | Halfords Grey primer
busy because the glue will have time to set | White acrylic paint
| Brown tile grout
between sessions. | PVA glue
If you haven’t got room for a full-size | Masking tape
| Grey chalk You only need a sharp knife and PVA glue to build the
pitch - which is quite large - just scale stadium kit. I used Fast Tack to speed things up.
| Deluxe Materials’ Tacky Wax
it down. You could model a pitch in a
38 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
38_Practical_Build a football diorama.indd 38 26/06/2017 11:02
00
2 3 4
Concrete tiers
are formed from
three layers of thick
cardboard. I recommend
weighing these down on a flat The classic upgrade
surface while the glue sets. for any card kit is to
colour exposed edges using
a felt-tipped pen. Colour from the back When attaching the roof supports ensure the girder
of the sheet to avoid getting ink on the printed front. overhang faces the stand rear as shown.
6 7
5
Using masking tape, mark the path at the end of the
pitch in front of the stand, then add strips for the first Apply PVA or static grass glue and flock the first stripe Remove the masking tape for the stripes, then apply PVA
grass stripes over the layer of dried tile grout which using War World Scenics (WWS) 1mm Summer Mix. or static grass glue by brush for the other stripes, one at
makes a good soil substitute. Repeat until dark green stripes are complete. a time. Apply WWS 1mm Spring Mix to these.
8 9 10
Add grass around the stand to represent areas that have I layered longer fibres over the grass for unmown areas Remove the masking tape from the path. Fine chalk
been mown, but not to the standard of the pitch. Noch by dabbing the grass with PVA glue and flocking with a powder makes the path more realistic. I’ve emphasised
2.5mm Spring Meadow Grass is good for this. mix of different shades of 6-8mm Noch fibres. the exit places from the stand.
11 12
To line the pitch I used white acrylic paint and a Rusty Adding fans to the stand is made easier with Tacky Wax
Rails Painter from Joe’s Model Trains. from Deluxe Materials. It’s strong enough to hold figures
but gives you the option of future repositioning.
Top tip
Static grass is easier without
obstacles - don’t add goalposts
or the stand until all the grass
is complete.
39
38_Practical_Build a football diorama.indd 39 26/06/2017 11:03
LAYOUT FOCUS
It couldn't be anywhere other than North Cornwall! A
Beattie Well Tank, sheeted clay wagons and typical dries
set the scene. Wouldn't it have been a delight to drive
past and see that scene through the gates?
Factfile
Layout name: Corwenna
Scale/Gauge: 4mm/OO gauge
Size including fiddle yards: 1880 x 660mm
Era/Region: Southern Region 1956 - 1962
Layout type: Goods yard to fiddle yard
Power/Control: Gaugemaster Combi DC
Words: Phil Waterfield
Photography: Andy York
40 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
40_Corwenna HS.indd 40 30/06/2017 16:03
Watch more... O0
0
CORWENNA
Phil Waterfield’s layout depicts the china clay drying process in a fictitious
Cornish location. The layout’s name is a different story, however...
T
radition has it that boys in the 1950s Constructions Apologies to Ian for an obvious ‘crib’ of his
were brought up on Meccano and Enthused by the prospect of finally having ideas, although I have tried to modify the
Tinplate O gauge trains running a model Beattie, I set about researching the main building somewhat. I also found Ian
around the dining room carpet. That was type of typical buildings associated with Robinson’s website inspirational regarding
certainly true in my case – a Hornby 0-4-0 the Cornish Clay industry. Buildings are construction ideas, and the main building
tank in LMS livery was the motive power, probably my favourite part of the model included some time-consuming roof trusses
with whatever wagons and coaches could be railway construction process, so I decided and timberwork. Unfortunately none can be
inherited or purchased. to construct the main buildings before any seen unless you are a 4mm scale workman.
As is always the case with model railways, baseboards or track. The main building is constructed in
space was at a premium and O gauge Having found quite a bit of information a mixture of foamboard and Plastikard
just didn’t fit. The problem was solved in on the web, including Google Earth views overlaid with Das clay on PVA glue.
Christmas 1957, when Santa produced an of Wenfordbridge, I concluded that I The stonework is later scribed into the
impressive Hornby Dublo ‘Bristol Castle’ might as well follow Iain Rice’s example clay then sprayed with white primer,
and two chocolate and cream carriages. This as the prototypes were far too large to with the individual stones picked out in
introduced a period of Hornby three-rail accommodate on my layout footprint. A visit Humbrol enamels. Roofing slates are self-
running, commencing with the traditional to the Wenfordbridge site confirmed the adhesive sheets from York Modelmaking.
6ft x 4ft hardboard baseboard set up in the enormous size of the dries and storage areas. Construction took several weeks but, while
front room.
After my live-in Grandma passed on, I
was able to move into the second bedroom,
leaving my own tiny bedroom spare. Here
was an opportunity for the first permanent
home for a model railway. Such were the
Prototype Inspiration
I cannot quite remember how I first developed a
restrictive dimensions of the room, my
fascination for the Beattie Well Tanks. No doubt it
first station to fiddle yard layout was born. was picked up in an article or pictures in an early
The Castle was sold on (a regret with copy of ‘Trains Illustrated’.
hindsight) and a small stud of LMS power While on holiday in Torquay in August 1962, I
assembled. An LMS 2P converted from a purchased a day return to Wadebridge to seek
Triang L1 was considered quite a success out the locomotives. I was disappointed to find
at the time. Three-rail gave way to two-rail that 13XX pannier tanks had arrived on shed
and station pilot duties. Luckily, on entering
and a Somerset & Dorset theme inspired by
the shed building, I found that No. 30587 had
‘Berrow’ was developed. been retained for a rail tour to Wenfordbridge
By 1980 visits to model railway a few weeks later. A photographic record was
exhibitions, and a friend threatening to duly obtained, but it was to be another 41 years
run one himself, inspired the building of a before I saw No. 87 in steam and achieved a
portable layout, this time with electrically- more satisfactory picture.
operated points, and so my first fictitious In 2011 Kernow announced 00 models of all
three Beatties, and I just had to have one. Being
branch line to ‘Malham’ was created.
rather out of place on my Malham layout, I would
This was when I really got the bug for have to find somewhere to run it. A visit to the
constructing my own model buildings. Aylesbury Railex model show the same year
The station building still on my current found Iain Rice displaying his ‘Trerice’ P4 model. Here was real inspiration to build a small layout
Malham branch was built in balsawood and featuring a mini version of the Wenfordbridge Clay Dries. Intricate trackwork to P4 standards is
Plastikard after measuring up Dent Station. well beyond my skills but, with Malham virtually finished, here was a project to look forward to. As
Our small exhibition was a success and the spare room was fully occupied by Malham, this layout would have to be portable and as small
as possible.
Malham Mk 1 survived until I moved house
As it turned out I missed out on the first run of Kernow’s Beatties, so it was not until 2015 that I
in 1998. The much more ambitious Malham managed to acquire No. 30587 and commence construction of the layout on which it could run.
Mk 2 was then built.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 41
40_Corwenna HS.indd 41 07/07/2017 16:44
LAYOUT FOCUS
Scenery
The scenery is built from plaster bandage
over foam insulation board. It is painted with
emulsion paint and finished with static grass
and other scenic materials. The trees are
made from sea foam and Woodland Scenic
materials.
The backscene is inspired by articles
and videos from David Wright. I had never
attempted oil painting before, but a period
of convalescence gave me an opportunity to
practice the art. After purchasing a few basic
oil colours, a few days of practice on spare
pieces of foamboard gave me the confidence
to press ahead on an actual backscene.
Sheets of foamboard were then sprayed
with light blue car paint, and over-sprayed with
white primer as a base before applying the oils.
I have tried to keep representation of trees and
hills fairly bland, but I am quite pleased with the
result. After the paint had dried I applied a mist
coat of white primer to tone down the colours
and give a better impression of distance.
Although based on Iain Rice's classic 'Trerice' Phil's
layout has been given a little more breathing space,
which certainly makes it feel a little less cramped.
42 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
40_Corwenna HS.indd 42 30/06/2017 16:04
O0
tedious, I found the result rather satisfying.
On the other hand, the adjacent clay shed
was built in a couple of evenings using a
foamboard base overlaid with asbestos
sheeting from Wills. One elevation and
the loading dock were improved with
Das clay after studying the prototype at
Wenfordbridge.
The chimney is the centre out of a roll
of cling film, with masking tape wrapped
around to form the taper. Das was then
overlaid on PVA, as per the buildings.
The scribing was actually done in the car
while awaiting one of the last flights of the
Vulcan Bomber.
A couple of minor buildings, including
the cottage again, were made using Das
overlaid on Plastikard. The roof slates were
made from junk mail paper and individually
applied. The small office and shed might
have a familiar outline to some, as it is
actually a model of the platelayer’s snow hut
at Dent. It features on my Malham layout
but, as only two elevations were modelled,
I converted the two non-detailed elevations
to suit its location. It therefore ‘multitasks’
on both layouts. The only commercially
Phil has paid close attention to the colours in the
stonework seen around North Cornwall and has
effectively recreated these tones around the model.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 43
40_Corwenna HS.indd 43 30/06/2017 16:04
LAYOUT FOCUS
as the spare room was fully occupied by
Malham, this layout would have to be
portable and as small as possible
44 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
40_Corwenna HS.indd 44 30/06/2017 16:04
O0
Heljan's diminutive 1366 Pannier Tank, renumbered
as a branch regular, is a recent welcome addition to
Corwenna. Phil's backsecene painting is nicely subdued
and captures the local wooded hillsides.
CORWENNA
Trackplan
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 45
40_Corwenna HS.indd 45 04/07/2017 11:07
LAYOUT FOCUS
produced buildings on the layout are the Loaded mineral wagons would be used to bring a
Good Shed (Wills) and the ground frame coal supply for the boiler house. Firing the drying
houses must have consumed quite a few tons over
box (Kernow). the course of a week.
Baseboards and control
The baseboard comprises 3.6mm ply
on a 70 x 19mm softwood framing. An
initial footprint of 1500 x 500mm proved
impractical from an operating point of
view, so a slight increase in width of the
main board and a 300mm extension piece
meant running round seven wagons was
finally achievable. All the points and wiring
remained on the main board, which meant
it could still fit into a modest hatchback,
and was still pensioner-friendly (just!) in
terms of weight. The fiddle yard is a simple
single track cassette 900mm long, which is
supported off the main board on a separate
leg.
The trackwork is Peco Code 75 laid on
cork and fully ballasted. All points are
electrically operated by Peco motors and
lever switches. These have been used on
Malham and have provided over ten years of
near-faultless service.
Workers are getting ready to load wagons through traditional shovelling, but we
can see there is some mechanisation with the conveyor belt by the leading wagon.
46 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
40_Corwenna HS.indd 46 30/06/2017 16:05
O0
Rolling Stock And finally…
My first Beattie was No. 30587, which was Why Corwenna? Well, unlike Malham, and MEET THE
purchased way back in 1962. On a more despite studying various maps, I couldn’t
recent visit to Warley I had an impulse to find a readily obvious valley in which to MODELLER
buy of one of Kernow’s LSWR Class 02 0-4-4 build my branchline. With that in mind, I My modelling progress has been paralleled
tanks. Having pick-up on all four axles, searched for a Cornish-sounding name on by over 50 years of photographing steam
I thought this might be a better runner the internet. Avoiding the rather obvious trains at home and abroad, starting with the
faithful Brownie 127 through to the present
than the Beattie. Thankfully, concerns ‘Demelza’ or ‘Poldark’-type names, I
day digital equipment – oh, for a time
over the latter have been unfounded. My stumbled across Corwenna, which is actually machine to take today’s cameras back to
latest purchase has been the new Heljan a Cornish girl’s name – but don’t tell anyone! the 1960s. Today’s UK scene can be quite
13XX Pannier tank No.1368. The original Corwenna is booked to make its first depressing for me. Although we have a fine
purchase was an extremely poor runner so I appearance at Burton Railway Society’s selection of relatively authentic steam trains
returned it to Rails of Sheffield, which let me Railex at the National Brewery Centre, running on both the main line and
examine three more before making a final Horninglow Street, Burton on Trent on preserved railways, much of the
lineside structures and scenery
choice. In all cases the problem seemed to November 5th 2017. An admission ticket
have changed beyond belief.
be the pickups not reaching the back of the allows access to the whole museum at much Here is where modelling can
wheels. My model now runs well and pulls less than normal admission prices. create an environment where
many more wagons than Corwenna ever can we can run our trains
handle.
I then had to assemble a number of clay See more: as we remember
them without
encroaching
wagons, which are a mixture of Parkside, If you've been impressed
on vegetation,
Ratio and Bachmann. The tarpaulins are by'Corwenna', you can see security
fabricated from cooking foil bonded to Phil Waterfield's other layout fencing and
kitchen towel with PVA. After drying they 'Malham' in the September hideous
can be folded, parcel-style, before spraying issue of BRM architecture.
with grey primer and weathering. They hold
their shape well and can easily be removed A spin around the Cornish lanes in a classic MGTC or a wait for the next moves at
and replaced as necessary. Corwenna? It's a tough choice to make...
Conclusions
In 50 years of railway modelling,
information and advice has never been
closer to hand. The number of magazines
and videos is at an all-time high, and the
internet provides a wealth of info at the
touch of the keyboard.
The pleasure of operating the layout tends,
in my experience, to be either just sitting
back and watching the trains pass through
the scenery or shunting. On an end-to end
layout enjoyment of the former is obviously
limited, so the latter takes precedence.
Whether seven hours of continuous
shunting Corwenna at an exhibition remains
enjoyable remains to be seen.
The thing I miss, now that almost every
locomotive class is available in ready-to-
run form and made to a standard that I
could never achieve, is that the challenge of
building a locomotive and the satisfaction of
seeing it finally run has been lost.
Corwenna shows
that classic layouts
can go on to inspire
a new generation
and extend the idea
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 47
40_Corwenna HS.indd 47 04/07/2017 11:08
PRACTICAL BRM
How to...
ADD TELEGRAPH LINES
Shopping List Communication on the railways has always been important.
| Ratio (ref. 211) telegraph pole kit Enhance the lineside appearance of your steam era layout
| Evergreen 0.80in / 2mm StyreneStrip rod
(ref. 212)
with telegraph poles, as Michael Russell demonstrates.
T
| 1mm x 0.75mm strip (ref.132) and 0.5mm x
0.5mm styrene strip (ref.120) elegraph poles were a common the location you’re modelling. I used poles
| Superglue and activator aerosol sight on railways, almost from from Ratio, which come on a sprue with
| Household telephone cable their beginning, and only started to footrests. Each pole has four arms, each
| EZ Line (heavy and thin gauge) disappear in the 1950s. Most were removed with four insulators. You can add or reduce
| 0.8mm and 0.2mm styrene sheet by the 1960s and ‘70s. They lasted longer in the number of arms on a pole or adjust the
| 0.45mm brass wire some places than others, so check if you’re number of insulators, as long as you stick
| Carr’s Metal Black modelling a specific location. The poles to the basic pattern of four, six or eight
| Phoenix Precision Paints Weathered
sometimes remained after the wires were insulators per arm.
Sleepers enamel (ref.P979)
removed and the remains of truncated poles Insulators varied in make, appearance
| Humbrol enamels 27003, 66 and 34
| Tamiya Nato Black acrylic (ref. XF-69)
can still be found today. and usage, but were usually made of white
| PVA glue Off-the-shelf kits are good and you can ceramic and discoloured with soot and
adapt them to add variety and better match smoke, especially close to tunnels.
48 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
48_Add telegraph_Poles HS.indd 48 26/06/2017 11:34
00
Added to your layout, the poles bring to life an
off-the-shelf kits are good and you can
otherwise plain-looking lineside area.
adapt them to add variety and better
match the location you’re modelling
1 2
Clean up any moulding marks, seam lines and flash using a
Cut each pole from the sprue using a pair of side file and sand paper. Don’t cut corners at this stage because
cutters to avoid damage. marks left behind will detract from the finished model.
3 4
Supporting wire stays were quite common,
but rarely modelled. A large pole could have The top of each pole is moulded close to the sprue To reduce the number of arms. Cut away the top of the
two or three supporting different sides and so be careful when cutting. The top part should be pole with a knife, then glue back the weather protector
they don’t get in the way as much as the triangular as it’s a weather protector. File it to shape. that stops real poles from decaying.
wires. Busy locations such as on the Settle to
Carlisle line near Gargrave featured double 5 6
poles to support the number of wires.
Connections are made from poles to
buildings holding telegraph communication
devices, such as signal boxes and stations.
There's a great opportunity to customise
telegraph poles, so don’t just use kits as
they're supplied. You can pick and mix the
techniques I have shown here. If you're
modelling a specific location and era, don’t
forget to research what was there.
If adapting kits isn't for you, consider
buying ready-made, off-the-shelf items.
Those available from Express Models are
I made a new weather protector by shaping modelling Add new arms from 1mm x 0.75mm styrene strip. File
supplied complete and would make a great sprue in an electric drill and gently applying a file. the pole flat where the new arm is to go.
addition to any layout. ■
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 49
48_Add telegraph_Poles HS.indd 49 26/06/2017 11:34
PRACTICAL BRM
7 Sometimes poles
were braced with 8 Insulators are
9 10
others. I used a made from
piece of 85mm household
long, 2mm telephone cable.
diameter stryrene Strip the outer
rod. Sand one sheath and
end to a shallow wrap around
angle and glue the jaws of a
with polystyrene pair of pliers.
cement. You’ll Cut to length A junction box is made from a few pieces Don’t forget to add
form a better then add a of styrene sheet. I cut a 5mm-wide strip connecting wires.
bond by filing white portion of from an 0.8mm sheet, folded it to make a These are made from
a flat spot on the outer sheath box 1cm tall, then added a roof and door the windings of an old
the pole. as the insulator. from 0.2mm styrene sheet. motor armature.
11 12 13
Bend 0.45mm wire into a hook shape with pliers to
represent the cable tightener – try to make them as
The vertical supports made from 0.5mm x 0.5mm You can also add ‘braces’ - angled supports between the small as you can. Form a loop on the end of thick EZ-
styrene strip between arms are called ‘combiners’. poles and the arms. Line. Tie a knot, then add superglue.
14 15
Glue one end of the EZ
Line to the pole with
superglue and slip the
loop over the tightener/
hook once the pole is in
place on the layout. The
tightener/hook would be
located in the ground
at a 45 degree angle
sloping away from the
pole. Chemically blacken
the hook using Carr’s
Metal Black.
Join two 10cm, 2mm diameter pieces of styrene rod
together using a connecting piece 2cm long. The arms
are 4cm-long pieces of 1mm x 0.75mm styrene strip.
16 17
Did you know?
The distance between poles should be
78cm in OO gauge (less around curves).
Distances are usually compressed
on a model railway. On my diorama
they’re only 20cm apart. At bridges with
enough clearance, poles would continue
underneath. If not, junction boxes were
placed either side and the cable passed
through. At tunnels, the poles would A simple connection frame is made from brass strip and Push each pole into Blu-Tack to facilitate handling when
usually continue over the top. wire, soldered together. The insulators are cut from the painting. Paint the wooden parts with a pale grey colour.
outer sheath of household telephone cable and slipped I used Phoenix Precision Paints Weathered Sleepers
into place. Ensure that insulators are in multiples of two. enamel (P979).
50 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
48_Add telegraph_Poles HS.indd 50 26/06/2017 11:35
00
18 19 20 21 22
The metal items - steps, braces If you have solid scenery, drill a
Poles were creosoted leaving brown and combiners were painted suitably sized hole and fix in place
and black streaks. Dry-brush these with Humbrol Metalcote Steel Insulators can be painted Junction boxes are painted with PVA glue. If your scenery is
with a hog’s hair brush. I used (27003), but I didn’t polish it with Humbrol Matt White a mid grey. I used Humbrol hollow or lacks depth, fix your poles
Tamiya Nato Black acrylic (XF-69). when dry to retain a dull finish. enamel (34). Matt 66. with a hot glue gun from underneath.
23 24 25
It’s easier if the start connection is tied. Form a knot in
EZ Line is supplied on a reel and you get plenty – enough the EZ Line and hook it over the first insulator. Pull the Add a blob of superglue to the next insulator with
for 100ft / 35 metres. I used the fine variety of thread for knot tight, add a dab of superglue and cut the excess a cocktail stick. I swap the latter regularly because
the pole to pole connections. thread. superglue soon accumulates on the stick.
26 27 Superglue is quite shiny so spray the
poles with a matt varnish to finish.
Michael’s advice
You may wish to add wire to your poles. It’s a fiddly job, but if you can fit it in and have patience a
Place the EZ Line in the glue and spray with some
superglue activator whilst holding it. The glue will set great effect can be achieved. The major consideration is practicality. You need access to clean and
immediately to hold the wire. Don’t stretch the wire maintain your track, and baseboards need to be split for transportation. For this reason, you may wish
between poles whilst avoiding sag. to forego installation where access is difficult. For example, wires that cross the track or baseboards.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 51
48_Add telegraph_Poles HS.indd 51 26/06/2017 11:35
LAYOUT FOCUS
POSTCARDS FROM
ST. MERRYN
Greater than the sum of its parts, this charming layout shows
what can be achieved with imagination and a group effort.
W
elcome to Cornwall in the surrounding countryside satisfies the annual
summer of 1954, a year that holiday needs of thousands of Britons before
saw the country finally shake the advent of package holidays abroad.
off the effects of post-war In addition to the usual facilities, there
austerity and the debut recording by a 19- is a short branch serving the harbour area,
year old truck driver named Elvis Presley. which deals mainly with coastal traffic.
On the railway scene, although British Just outside the town there is also a siding
Railways’ standard locomotive and rolling serving a training airfield – RNAS St.
stock designs are appearing in ever greater Merryn, HMS Vulture.
numbers, much of the network continues St. Merryn is an attempt to portray the
to rely on pre-nationalisation stock, ex-LSWR North Cornwall line, with the
infrastructure, and operating practices. fictional model terminus replacing the
Within this rail network, our fictitious prototype terminus of Padstow. Whilst the
station of 'St. Merryn' replaces Padstow as train movements have been adjusted to
the terminus of the North Cornwall Line enhance and maintain visual interest, the
from Okehampton via Launceston and sequence of operations is largely based upon
Wadebridge. Served by a portion of the the actual services which ran to Padstow at
Atlantic Coast Express, the town and its the time.
52 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
52_Postcards from St Merryn HS.indd 52 30/06/2017 15:03
P4
Factfile
Layout name: St Merryn
4mm scale / P4 (18.83mm) gauge
St Merryn is an attempt to portray the
Size: 7.3m x 2.6m (including fiddle yards)
Era/region: 1954 ex-LSWR North Cornwall line, with the
fictional model terminus replacing the
Location: North Cornwall, ex-LSWR
Layout type: End-to-end
Power/control: DCC
Words: Steve Carter
Photography: Tony Wright prototype terminus of Padstow
A view from high ground looking down on 'St.
Merryn' station. The Bulleid Light Pacific has
run the five-and-a-half miles from Wadebridge
(where it had been turned, coaled and watered)
tender first, and is about to couple to the
Bulleid three-set, which displays carriage
roof boards proclaiming its status as the 'St
Merryn' portion of the Atlantic Coast Express.
Once coupled up, the train, which is a typical
summer mid-week formation for the time, will
await the arrival of a WR service from Bodmin
General before being drawn forward and
shunted into the platform road for boarding.
The turntable at 'St. Merryn' is an old LSWR
pattern of 50ft diameter, and so cannot handle
the Light Pacifics. It is imagined that it was the
turntable at Wadebridge, which was replaced
with a 70ft deck capable of taking the Bulleid
Pacifics. In the real world it was Padstow that
received the replacement.
The fireman has attached the correct
headcode discs ready for the run to Halwill and
Exeter Central, from where the train (by now
considerably lengthened due to the attachment
of additional portions) will be handed over to
a Merchant Navy Class locomotive for the
journey onward to Waterloo. There is, however,
no headboard on the locomotive, as one was
not always carried west of Exeter.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 53
52_Postcards from St Merryn HS.indd 53 04/07/2017 11:11
LAYOUT FOCUS
The Western Region ran services from
Bodmin General to Wadebridge, with
some extended to Padstow. These usually
comprised a B-set (two ex-GWR close-
coupled brake composite coaches) hauled
by a Class 45xx small prairie locomotive,
and these workings are replicated on 'St.
Merryn'. The morning train is seen after its
passengers have alighted and it has set
back into the goods yard headshunt to
permit the platform to be used by the next
scheduled departure, the Atlantic Coast
Express (St Merryn portion), which is waiting
to be brought from the carriage sidings.
On the left, Class O2 No. 30203 has
refilled its water tanks and awaits its next
turn of duty on a local service to Bodmin
North. The single headcode disc indicates
this service has yet to be switched to the
rear of the locomotive.
Trackplan
ST. MERRYN
54 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
52_Postcards from St Merryn HS.indd 54 30/06/2017 15:04
P4
The ACE is given the road for departure from 'St. Merryn'. The short
platform bay road is used for parcels and newspaper traffic, and is
currently occupied by an ex-LMS full brake. This vehicle was one of a
batch converted into ambulance coaches during World War II and re-
converted to full brakes after the war. Such a vehicle appears in a photo of
Padstow taken in 1954, illustrating the widespread use of such vehicles.
The starter signal is a typical arrangement of an LSWR lattice post
carrying an SR upper-quadrant arm. The ground signal, mounted lower
down the same post, controls shunting movements from the main
platform road.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 55
52_Postcards from St Merryn HS.indd 55 30/06/2017 15:04
LAYOUT FOCUS
Once the ACE has departed, the
WR train returns from the goods
headshunt to the platform road,
and the locomotive runs round
prior to passengers boarding for
the return service.
On the right, in one of the
carriage sidings, is Maunsell
2P-set No. 25, with one coach
in BR crimson and cream livery
whilst the other retains its SR
pre-war olive green livery, albeit
the coach would have been re-
varnished several times and has
received BR numbering. These
2-coach sets, comprising a
brake composite coach and
a brake second coach, were
the mainstay of passenger
services on the ‘Withered
Arm’ west of Exeter. There
is photographic evidence
for mixed livery within this
specific, and other, 2P-sets at
the time; ‘corporate identity’
was way in the future!
56 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
52_Postcards from St Merryn HS.indd 56 30/06/2017 15:05
P4
Goods
Meet the modellers
Freight traffic is generally handled by the competent and rugged-looking N Class 2-6-0s. Here No.
31847 is being turned – a tight fit, but these and Drummond 4-4-0s of similar overall length were
turned on similar 50ft turntables elsewhere west of Exeter. Turning required muscle power from the 'St. Merryn' has been constructed by the
driver and fireman, in this case hidden behind the tender. South London Area Group of the Scalefour
Freight traffic was much reduced on the Western Section of the Southern Region on a summer Society. We are a small group of modellers
Saturday as paths and space were required for passenger services and stock, which is one of the whose aim has been to portray the normal
reasons why a weekday service is depicted on the model! and mundane of the period in as much detail
as our skills permit, and in a coherent and
consistent manner such that nothing stands
out. We like to challenge ourselves with
some of the detail, and this has led to some
interesting avenues of research – from Cornish
police uniforms and bus services, to street
lighting columns and children’s home-made
‘soap box’ trollies. When exhibiting the layout,
to ensure it is running smoothly and for the
operators to settle into the required rhythm,
we commence ‘proper’ operating some fifteen
minutes prior to opening time each day.
'St. Merryn' can be seen next at the
Spalding Model Railway Exhibition on
November 11 and 12, 2017. Further
information concerning the South London Area
Group can be found at www.southlondonag.
org.uk and to learn more about 4mm finescale
modelling visit www.scalefour.org.uk
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 57
52_Postcards from St Merryn HS.indd 57 30/06/2017 15:05
PRACTICAL BRM
How to… Shopping list
MODEL AN
| Humbrol enamel 84, 102, 150 and 187 paint
| Lifecolour Acrylics UA 704 & 705
| Noch (leaves) sets 07167 and 07168
| The Army Painter's Anti-Shine Matt Varnish
| Quadrant-shaped 15 x 20mm balsa wood
| PVA or balsa cement, superglue
OAK TREE
| Milliput
| Multi-core mains power cable
| 0.5mm, electrical solder
| All-purpose filler powder
| Black acrylic paint
| Silver sand
| Treemendous Postiche
| War World Scenics fine cork pieces
Ardent arborist Michael Russell shows how to make a scenic centrepiece for your layout.
T Top tips
he oak is the classic native British
tree and has played a vital part in
our nation’s history. I've always been 1
fascinated with ancient trees, and old oak Make a stand before working on the tree that's large
trees are very distinctive as they age and enough to prevent it from toppling whilst you work
on it.
their branches acquire an appearance akin to • My model is the correct size for 4mm:1ft scale.
a stag's head. Trees are larger than you think, but many are made
Many ancient trees have a hollow trunk under scale.
• Use a metal that's easy to work with such as copper
and since I haven’t seen this in model form, mains cable.
I thought I’d attempt to create one. If you • The age of a tree is often indicated by the angle
want to model a detailed tree at the front of of its branches. Older trees have more horizontal, Start with a piece of 15mm x 20mm x 60mm
downward pointing branches. balsa wood, drill a 3mm hole down its centre and
your layout, choose something like this with Look in tree books for the silhouette of each species insert the handle from a modelling paint brush. An old
character. Take your time and the results will and follow it – this is probably the most important brush with poor quality bristles is ideal for this.
speak for themselves. ■ criteria for modelling trees in smaller scales.
58 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
58_Practical_Modelling an oak tree HS.indd 58 04/07/2017 11:12
ANY
SCALE
2 3 4
Equally cut eight pieces of quadrant strip with Place eight pieces around the core and hold in place
Carve the quadrants to shape and the central piece
a mitre saw. I cut mine 8cm long, but it depends how tall with pins as you build up the shape you require. You can
where necessary. Here I'm shaving the inside of a
you'd like to make your tree. number the pieces so that you can disassemble and
quadrant to form the hollow of the tree.
reassemble at will when carving.
5
6 7
When happy with the centre carving, glue the pieces Take 3mm diameter mains power cable and cut three Drill three holes in the trunk and superglue the cables in.
with PVA. Keep the pins in place until the glue has set. 15cm lengths. Strip each outer sheath respectively to a Bind with 0.5mm wire.
Continue carving the outside to get the basic shape. third, a half and two thirds.
8 9 10
Repeat the previous two steps until you've built a good Mix Milliput putty and begin adding to the top of the tree, Continue down onto the trunk adding Milliput to form
crown. Vary the number of cables in each branch to starting with the inner surfaces, spreading outwards. mounds where branches used to be. I used a cut-down
add variety. hog hair brush to stipple the putty and add texture.
11 12
When the Milliput has set, twist the wires together. You Solder the joints to make the tree
can use your fingers for this, and then tighten using stronger. I used electrical solder and
pliers. Keep splitting and continue until you've a few a 40 watt iron, just make sure you
strands left for twigs - leave these straight at this stage. work in a well-ventilated area.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ July 2017 ❘ BRM 59
58_Practical_Modelling an oak tree HS.indd 59 04/07/2017 11:14
PRACTICAL BRM
14 15
13
Place limbs and branches into their final positions, then Cover the branches with a bark mix applied with a stiff Sprinkle silver sand over whilst the bark mix is still wet.
cover missed areas with Milliput. You want to cover all paint brush. You don’t need to cover the twigs. The bark Repeat this stage and the previous until the underlying
the electrical cable sheathing and ensure an even taper mix is made from all-purpose powder filler mixed with tree frame is hidden. Ensure that none of the twists in the
on the branches. PVA glue and black acrylic paint to give a grey colour. wires show through.
16 17
Paint the tree with a wide variety of greys, browns
and greens. Use an actual tree for reference. I used an
airbrush and dry-brushing to get the effects I desired.
18
Flick white and yellow shades of paint at the tree to
Spread the twigs starting from the centre of the tree. These need to be equidistant from each other, because a tree represent lichen. I used acrylic paint for this, but don’t
grows to maximise the light reaching the canopy top. Spray the twigs with grey car primer. overdo the effect.
19 20
Tease artificial hair (known as Postiche) out to a fine web Working over small areas at a time, spread the fibres over the end of the branches and fix with hairspray.
of fibres.
60 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
58_Practical_Modelling an oak tree HS.indd 60 04/07/2017 11:14
ANY
SCALE
21 22 23
With hairspray still wet, scatter leaves over the Postiche Brush off stray leaves from inside the tree. Once you've covered the tree, fix the foliage permanently
using a sieve to control the flow. I used Noch leaves. If with a spray of matt varnish aerosol.
you've different packets of leaves, mix them together
from the outset.
24 25 26
Trim the tree for stray hairs. Hairdresser’s scissors work I represented fallen leaves and ground cover using a Add static grass, but remember that the growth under a
best for this. Work against the light so the hair fibres mixture of leaves from the Noch Autumn Foliage leaf set. tree is affected by the shade. It's much lusher outside of
show. Use wire cutters to trim overly long twigs. Sprinkle a few of the green leaves that you used on the the canopy, although on an older tree such as this there
tree to depict newly fallen leaves. Fix in place with PVA. would be gaps in the canopy.
27
To represent fallen acorns I used cork pieces from the
WWS range. Sieve them to get a smaller size.
28
Use real twigs for fallen branches. I used pieces of
heather stem as they scale nicely.
58_Practical_Modelling an oak tree HS.indd 61 04/07/2017 11:15
LAYOUT FOCUS
VALE QUARRY
Pick a card, any card.
Your choice might dictate any
number of results, but that’s part of the fun with
John Bruce’s compact industrial layout. Factfile
Layout name: Vale Quarry
Scale/gauge: 4mm:1ft, 9 mm gauge track
T
Size: 81cm x 27cm
he Vale Quarry Preservation Society Era/region: Early 1970s
exists to preserve and display Location: Somewhere in Southern England
narrow gauge railway rolling stock Layout type: Micro layout/shunting puzzle
Power/control: DC
from industry and quarrying in particular. Words: John Bruce
The society is based in a worked-out part Photography: Phil Parker
of the quarry, where they have a small
demonstration running line and stock
storage area. It is this storage area that is
the subject of the model.
The layout follows on from its smaller
predecessor, ‘Wherewithial Quay’, on
which no stock ever leaves the modelled
scene. Instead, all efforts are put into
re-arranging the position and order of
the wagons, as dictated by a set of picture
cards that are selected at random. With
'Vale Quarry', I wanted to see if I could
add a little extra to this operation. Firstly,
by swapping two wagons each time, and
secondly by having a separate engine to
collect the selected two wagons. After a
few exhibitions I can report that this new
system works as intended.
Nuts and bolts
Most of the layout structure is made from
Looking through into the old quarry from the line from the fiddle yard
MDF, with the baseboard being made showing the quarry company’s new workshop, with one of John's
from two laser-cut scenic boards. These favourite locomotives - the Backwoods Miniatures Barclay.
were joined and boxed-in to improve the
presentation and add some rigidity.
62 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
62_Vale Quarry HS.indd 62 04/07/2017 11:16
O09
An overall view showing all the structures on the layout.
Note however the lack of people – now sorted.
…all efforts are put into re-arranging
the position and order of the wagons, as
dictated by a set of picture cards that are
selected at random
Locomotives and rolling stock
Locomotives used on the layout are a mixture of current and recent products, including my first
009 gauge Egger-Bahn diesel locomotive. Until recently, RTR rolling stock for 009 gauge has
always been of overseas origin, so the British modeller has had to be prepared to modify or build
from kits, and for many years we have had a good range of kits to choose from. Very soon, we
will have RTR British outline locomotives to go with the rolling stock already available, although
most, due to their size, will not see any use on 'Vale Quarry'. As such, I’ll have to stick with kits.
The stock 009 coupling consists of a loop, which rises up over a pin above the buffing face to
couple. To un-couple requires some mechanical means, be it a shunters pole or a lifting plate.
bly the best
locomotive, and possi
John's other favourite is this Fletcher Jennings from a
el,
runner with its flywhe rains chassis.
rd on a modern Minit
3-D print by Chris Wa nd on the regulator or
crew has a ha
Hopefully one of the
ndbrake!
is reaching for the ha
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 63
62_Vale Quarry HS.indd 63 30/06/2017 13:53
LAYOUT FOCUS
I did not want any corners in the sky, so The box tank, a kit by N Drive, pottering around near the Austin
Cambridge belonging to the society’s chairman. I hope they don’t get any
curves were in order. I tried 1mm ply, smuts on it! Meanwhile a members Series 1 Land Rover awaits a bit of
and 2mm MDF, but was recommended to free “attention” from the plant fitter this Saturday morning.
try aero-grade ‘Depron’, which was softer
and slightly thinner. I finally got a curved
backscene that I was happy with, although
it dents rather too easily. I have since been
introduced to ‘Aero ply’, which might be
useful in the future.
Landscape & structures
The line enters from the left between the
trees and small engine shed. The ground
level rises from this point and an old
quarry working face looms before levelling
off at the front of the layout. Old acoustic
ceiling tiles were used as the basic face,
which were roughly broken and glued into
position. They were given several light
washes of runny filler before being worked
with several tools to allow the rough edges
of the tiles to show through.
The large building is a newly-built small
plant workshop, which is simply made
from concrete blocks and Wills corrugated
sheeting. Next is an old container and
a redundant weighbridge hut recycled
from a friend’s layout. I could build a
representation of a typical wooden frame,
as would have been found in a structure
like this, but I wanted it to look like it was
clad in corrugated iron. I found the answer
on RMweb, which is to use ribbon cable
64 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
62_Vale Quarry HS.indd 64 30/06/2017 13:54
O09
and aluminium foil to make your own
representation of corrugated iron.
There is not much in the way of ‘pretty’
scenery in this layout. There is a basic
green undercoat culled from various fibres,
ground foam and chopped up hairy carpet
underfelt. On top of this I apply other
materials, including static grass, ground
foam or, for bushes and shrubs, rubberised
horsehair painted and coated with more
ground foam to represent leaves.
The various vehicles are from the
usual sources, although all are weathered
to a greater or lesser degree. The face
shovel must be having some work on its The grubby mechanicals that
mechanics. It won’t be done today, though, folk don’t normally get to see. All
the plugs are labelled and are
as it is Saturday and somebody’s Series One different, so you can’t possibly
Landrover needs attention. get it wrong. Also of note is
the extensive high-tech fiddle
yard with a capacity of two
Operation and the future wagons and one locomotive. It
As mentioned, wagon selection and order is electrically isolated by closing
is selected by picture cards, although now the gate, which operates a
switch. For exhibition use, the
they are double-sided. Once the selection is layout sits atop an Ikea APA box
made the cards are mounted in clips fitted that serves as storage during
to the top of the proscenium arch, where transport, and as a home for the
transformers and tools.
the operator and the public can see what
you are meant to be doing. At the time of
these photographs there were no figures on
the layout, except for the locomotive crew.
This has recently been rectified, with a few
of the better 4mm scale figures in small
groups. All the figures are white metal and
painted with acrylics and matt varnish.
I still have many other small things to
add to the layout, including engine shed
doors, signs, a little more clutter and
perhaps some more plants to accompany
the solitary stinging nettle. I also need a
couple more quarry-specific wagons – in
particular a WD Models L Class side-
tipping wagon would be nice.
The layout now lives on top of a An overall view of the layout with both the Box tank and the
bookcase. With a simple battery-powered Fletcher Jennings on the scene. The top of the fascia now has
controller and point motors, I can give it clips on its top surface to hold the picture cards so everyone can
see what is meant to be going on!
a run almost any time, the only fly in the
ointment being that I need to plug in the
transformer for the electromagnet. ■
Meet the modeller
What we think... This is the latest of my smaller layouts, or shunting puzzles
as I call them. I find such layouts fascinating, but I also like
Vale Quarry is undoubtedly tiny, but thanks to John's the setting not to be too contrived. So how did I get here? At
innovative card system this doesn't mean it lacks
operating potential. Just as importantly, it is secondary school we had a model railway club and at one of
a very attractive scene with just the right amount of meetings a lad brought along a small train set by Joueff. Set up on one
interesting detail to catch the eye. I could really enjoy of the science lab benches was an oval of track with a tiny 0-4-0 and a
making something similar in 009 gauge myself.
After all, it doesn't take up much space and there couple of carriages trundling round quite happily. I was duly hooked,
wouldn't be a huge amount of rolling stock required and I thought this would be a great feeder to my standard gauge Tri-
to get going. Perhaps this could be the perfect project ang Hornby. Since then I have modelled in HO American, O gauge standard gauge, 09
for a modeller who is seeking a new challenge or is
starting out in a different scale? (narrow gauge) and EM gauge. However, I always come back to 009.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 65
62_Vale Quarry HS.indd 65 30/06/2017 13:54
PRACTICAL BRM
Watch more...
CREATING THE BACK
SCENE AND SCENERY
David Wright reveals how a little inspiration and a few simple painting techniques can make a
world of difference to your layout.
B
eing born and brought up in afterthought. This will only result in an SELECTING MATERIALS
Derbyshire, I have always had a unconvincing looking layout, fitting a little
strong desire to model part of the scenery where space permits, perhaps with
Peak Line, and so the seeds were already set plain blue or grey back scene boards, or no
for this new project. I am not a modeller back scene at all.
who likes to spend time operating a layout Nowadays, of course, we can buy a
with authentic shunting movements. For photographic pre-printed back scenes. In
me, I get pleasure in building a layout, and my opinion, they can be repetitive and
when finished, enjoy sitting back and watch might not be authentic to the location
the trains run through a rural landscape. you are trying to model. A good number
For this project, the concept from the of modellers will still use them as a safe
start was to try and capture part of the option and an instant solution to provide
Derbyshire landscape, with a model railway a back scene. The same modellers might
fitting into the setting. The plan therefore cry out ‘I'm no artist’ when painting a back
was to model most of the landscape first, scene is suggested. My suggestion is to
and this included planning the back scene. have a go, as you never know until you try! The rough side of hardboard was chosen for the back
scene boards. The boards gave me a depth of two feet,
I have seen so many model railways, You don’t have to be a master artist. If which would work well for the scale of the Derbyshire
where this principle has not been thought you use the materials and techniques landscape. The boards were given two coats of white
through. Most seem to try and fit as explained here, reasonable results can be primer paint before any artwork was applied. This was
brushed on allowing the paint to run into, and fill the
much track into the space available, and achieved without too much artistic ability slight gaps where the boards fitted together.
leaving the scenery and back scene as an or effort. ■
66 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
66_Practical_Paint backscenes HS.indd 66 07/07/2017 16:55
00
THE SKYSCAPE
The next stage was to paint in the sky. I used an acrylic car spray as a medium. Just like to concentrate on creating the bulk of the clouds. The best and simplest way to give a
any other stage, I had plenty of photographic references to hand. I always select a sky convincing effect is to use white primer spray paint applied in short bursts, which gives
with medium amount of cloud cover, as this will give more depth and interest to the back the ‘fluffy’ build-up of the clouds. However, I advise practicing this first to control the
scene. amount of spray emitted, as too much will result in runs forming.
It is important to work with the spray colours applying them from dark to light. The The final colour to apply is a light cream or ivory. This needs again to be sprayed in
darkest colour used on ‘Peak Dale’ being mauve or grey. This replicates the shadow as short bursts too, but this time only to the upper edges of the clouds. If executed correctly,
seen from below creating the underside of the cloud formation. The levels of the clouds it gives the pleasing effect of the sunlight catching the tops of the clouds.
can be formed by holding a piece of card slightly away from the boards and spraying the If this order of the application is followed, and care is taken you should achieve a
paint over the straight top edge. Extreme care must be taken to make sure that the card reasonable sky. Don’t hesitate too much when spraying, the quicker the spray is applied
is held level. the better the results in most cases. The sky took up two thirds of the boards for the
The next colour to apply is the sky blue. This is sprayed moderately in areas where ‘Peak Dale’ model. If I was modelling a flatter landscape, the sky would need to be
a break in the clouds has allowed the blue sky to be revealed. After this you will need extended to the bottom of the boards.
Once you’re happy with the sky you can define the skyline. For
THE SKYLINE ‘Peak Dale’ this was brushed on using a mix of acrylic paint. By
looking at my photographic reference I needed to make a mix to
represent the landscape in the far distance, which appeared to be
a bluish mauve shade. By mixing Cobalt Blue and Mauve together
with a little Paynes Grey and Titanium White, a reasonable colour
representation was achieved.
I used a large filbert brush, following the contours of the distant
landscape. The textured surface of the hardboard instantly gave a
soft edge to the skyline, resulting in the illusion of distance. With
the skyline defined, the same colour was brushed right down to the
bottom of the boards.
Groups of trees were also seen on the skyline, especially those
topping the hills. These were simply added by using a well-worn
quarter inch filbert brush. By using a stipple action with the brush
loaded with the same colour mix, instant trees were created along
the skyline.
67
66_Practical_Paint backscenes HS.indd 67 04/07/2017 11:19
PRACTICAL BRM
THE MID-GROUND
Now the mid-ground can be tackled, which creates a
second layer to the back scene. A base colour was mixed
using the same mix as the skyline but, with more Payne’s
Grey added to darken the colour. The darker colour
should be brushed right down to the bottom edge of the
boards. Single trees and groups of trees forming the
woodland can be painted in using the same techniques
as before.
The trees in the mid-ground require a highlight on one
side to represent the foliage. For the highlighting, I switch
from acrylic to oil paint, using a mix made up from Sap
Green, Yellow Ochre and Titanium White. This pale green
shade is added using a well-worn filbert brush in a
stippling fashion. Be careful not to make the colour too
bright and try to be subtle, as all colour will diminish
at this distance. It is worth taking this observation
further, because we don’t want any colour to distract the
viewer’s attention away from the model in front of it.
The mid-ground zone also requires highlights on the
fields using the same colours as those used to highlight
the trees and other vegetation, although using brush
strokes rather than stippling. Buildings were also added
in, such as field barns and other farm buildings. Ruins
of old engine houses featured in the mid-ground of
one board, which were the remnants of the old lead
mining industry of the Peak District. All the buildings and
structures were painted in oils using a flat or chisel brush
in the three quarter profile with dark shades of grey
through to white highlights. This always gives a more
convincing result. Details, such as windows and doors
were painted dark grey with a small one-stroke brush.
68 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
66_Practical_Paint backscenes HS.indd 68 30/06/2017 09:06
ANY
The last layer to paint is the foreground. This uses the
same techniques as the two previous layers but with
THE FOREGROUND more Paynes Grey added to make the base colour darker,
bearing in mind that everything in this zone is nearer
to the viewer. The highlights applied to the foliage and
buildings appearing in the foreground need to be slightly
brighter than the mid-ground. The foreground also
features a quarry face. This was painted using a half inch
angled flat brush, putting in the dark shaded areas first
and through to the white highlights seen on the face of
the cut limestone.
This concludes how the back scene was painted for
my latest layout project. Our hobby always gives us the
opportunity to try our hands at something challenging,
and painting the back scene is no different. Hopefully I
have given you some guidance towards creating your
own work of art that will enhance your model railway and
something you can be proud of.
What we think...
David is an accomplished railway artist and a
dab-hand at turning Das Clay into convincing
stonework - ask to see what he's done with an
unassuming paper coffee cup if you ever meet him!
In the meantime, the techniques employed on these
pages demonstrate that impressive results can be
achieved with modest skills, minimal materials and
a little attention to natural details. We're certainly
inspired to try them out. How about you?
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 69
66_Practical_Paint backscenes HS.indd 69 30/06/2017 09:07
PRACTICAL BRM
Shopping list
| Metcalfe Models
www.metcalfemodels.com
PO236 OO Footbridge
|W ills
SSMP224 Corrugated Glazing
| S
laters
English bond embossed Plastikard
MODIFY A
CARD KIT FOOTBRIDGE
How did the passenger cross the line? By using the appropriate footbridge. Phil Parker
shows that adding this essential feature doesn't need to be difficult or expensive.
F
ootbridges are an essential part of Hornby added a latticework footbridge to instructions are excellent, although read
most station scenes because they are its range in the 1980s and it's been in the them thoroughly before you start.
far cheaper to build than subways but catalogue ever since. Because of this, I'm only showing the
serve the purpose of keeping passengers off This month, I'm looking at the budget modifications I've made rather than every
the tracks and out of the way of trains. option in cardboard. It's not a material single step.
Subways are an easier prospect, since that easily lends itself to footbridge The key to the transformation is to add
most of the construction is out of sight. construction, as they are usually spindly texture, which is an area where card kits
Footbridges are more visible and are harder affairs with open sides. This isn't always the are normally lacking. Painting the finished
to build, leading to them being popular in case, though. Earlier wooden bridges were model brings it into line with any other
both kit and ready-to-plant form. both attractive and solid. models it's likely to be used with. Card kits
The classic model railway footbridge was Following on from last month's shop, are terrifically adaptable. Just use a bit of
introduced by Airfix in 1962. It isn’t exactly I also had plans to see how far I could imagination and don't be scared to make
beautiful, but suits a BR modernisation go in disguising the cardboard origins changes to the way the model is supposed
period layout. It would be out of place in of this model. This kit is a superb piece to be built, and they can be an economic
pre-nationalisation days, however. of design. As with all Metcalfe kits, the and enjoyable way to add to your layout. n
70 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
68_Practical_Modify a footbridge HS.indd 70 04/07/2017 11:20
00
1 2
Before removing any parts from a sheet, I scribe all the
plank lines with a blunt tool. A steel rule is essential, as
once the parts are painted wobbly lines will stand out like
a sore thumb. Any mis-scribed lines can be erased with
fine model filler.
The big question, “How do they make the stairs?” is answered as soon as the box is opened. As well as all the usual
pre-cut cardboard sheets and some plastic ones for windows, injection-moulded steps are glued to a sheet.
4 5 Ideally, the handrail would be made from metal rod with
intermediate supports. This would be very fiddly and,
more importantly, hidden from view, so I'm using 1.5mm
square strips of wood to give 80% of the effect for 10%
of the effort.
Still attached to the sheets, all parts are painted with Most of the parts are printed on self-adhesive card. The
Railmatch enamel paint in GWR dark and light stone backing sheet is peeled away, the glazing put in place
colours. The scribed lines now serve two purposes, and then the inner walls folded back against the outer Assembling the stair units is a pretty simple. Be careful to
making the planks obvious and, when painting along forming a sandwich. I find the adhesive isn't very strong, put everything in exactly the right place and those plastic
the line, keeping the colour separations nice and neat. so I added a few spots of clear all-purpose glue. stair units drop in perfectly – just a little glue is needed
to hold them down.
Slaters embossed Plastikard is glued over
the printed blockwork. Slight gaps under
the wooden stair sides are covered with
strips of decorative brickwork fixed with
plastic glue.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 71
68_Practical_Modify a footbridge HS.indd 71 30/06/2017 09:47
PRACTICAL BRM
8 9 10
The bridge is wide enough to span three tracks. If the
Brick painting is carried out using my usual method track is only double, a bay is cut from the end before
– painting the walls a mortar colour (Humbrol 121) assembly. Should a longer span be required, additional
and when this is dry, rubbing pencil crayons over the kits can be joined together.
There should be some substantial lintels under the surface. Since this is a new structure, I've not used any
bridge. Prototype photos suggest these included a door weathering powders. Once on a layout, I'll add a bit
to access storage space. To model this, a single layer of dirt.
of 2mm thick card with a door scribed on the surface is
covered with more Plastikard.
12
11
Forming the bridge walkway is made easier by the I deviated from the instructions by fitting the corner walls
inclusion of a pair of guides that slot over the walls to to the stairs before attaching the bridge as I felt it would
hold them in place while roof trusses are glued in. be easier to keep things square. Try a dry-fit first in order
The separate floor panel should extend an equal to understand how the parts overlap each other.
amount from each end.
13
...footbridges are
more visible and
are harder to build,
leading to them
Some 1mm square strips of
plastic add a bit of relief to the being popular
flat roof pieces over the stairs.
You could cover them with some
material to represent felt. Fine
in both kit and
masking tape might work, but
I decided that there would be
ready-to-plant
enough texture once everything
was painted. form
72 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
68_Practical_Modify a footbridge HS.indd 72 30/06/2017 09:47
00
14
Expert tip
As I'm not joining several bridges together, I used the spare parts
supplied in the kit to check how the scribing and painting would work. I
wasn't sure if the card would need to be sealed with varnish to stop the
paint being absorbed too fast. As it is, there's no need and paint can be
applied straight to the surface.
Making up test pieces like this is always worthwhile if you are trying
a new technique. It’s better to find out on a few scraps of material that
something doesn't work than on the final model!
Bricks printed to match the Metcalfe range are available in Builder Sheet packs from
the company. Each contains four thin and four thick brick card sheets which include
useful curved lintels and roof tiles.
Get involved
Inspired by this project? Buy a card kit
and share your transformative efforts by
creating a topic on our forums at
RMweb.co.uk for a chance to win a
prize from the BRM 'goodie drawer'
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 73
68_Practical_Modify a footbridge HS.indd 73 04/07/2017 11:22
LAYOUT FOCUS
THE BRIDGE
T gauge might not get the respect that it deserves, but Doug Kightley’s
award-winning model of the Forth Bridge might just be the layout to boost its reputation.
A
guaranteed crowd-pleaser wherever I could do in T, and the Forth Bridge sprang Doug: I used screen shots from Google
it’s exhibited, Doug Kightley’s model to mind. So I started to do a bit of drawing Earth’s satellite view to make an enormous
of the Forth Railway Bridge is a based on the aluminium tables I had for jpeg file. I then used the distance from
triumph in T gauge. Discovering that Doug Robin’s Run, and I worked out that I could one end of the bridge to the other, which I
was also a fellow resident of Nottingham, I get eight of these in a line. That would be knew in feet and inches and calculated the
just had to catch up with him to discover the enough to take me from North Queensferry number of pixels between those two points
reasons underpinning his decision to take station to Dalmeny station, leaving just on the jpeg and then scaled it so that when I
on such a monumental structure and the enough room for a runaround loop at each printed it at 300 pixels an inch, the distance
challenges entailed in its construction. end. I then started looking at the design from one point to the other was the right
Andy: Your model of the Forth Bridge is of the bridge. I found loads of photos and distance when at 1:450. Using this process,
amazing, both in terms of its size and the looked at the smallest girder. I thought if I I was then able to print out all the built-up
impression that it makes at exhibitions. could make that on a 3D printer, I’d give it a areas too, which gave me a scale sized map
What was it about the bridge that appealed go. I made a sample, it came out reasonably
to you in the first place? well, and that’s when I decided to go ahead.
Doug: Well, I’d built a T gauge layout called That was in February 2014.
‘Robin’s Run’, which had two folded loops
with interconnecting lines. I took it along Andy: Can you tell me more about the
to a couple of shows and the reaction from resources and references that you used?
some of the other operators was that they
thought T gauge was a bit of a novelty – one
chap came up and told me that he’d seen
a T gauge layout running around a toilet
seat, and then he walked off! I thought that
wasn’t a nice thing to say, so I thought I’d
do something to show these people that T
is a serious scale. I thought what is there The houses might not stand up to close
scrutiny, but photographic resources
that you can’t build in any other gauge that ensured their placing and the street
plans are accurate.
74 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
74_The Bridge HS ADD AD.indd 74 03/07/2017 10:33
T
of every road, every building, every kerb
edge and even down to the dotted lines on
the road. Meet the
Andy: Once you’ve done all this research,
how did you get started on the actual model?
Doug: I started by building the basics of the
modeller
actual bridge in a CAD package. This was
in a rough form, so I’d have a model of the My earliest model was a rubber-powered balsa wood
plane, but it was my dad who really inspired my
whole bridge. I then cut the CAD drawing interest in modelling. I was soon building and racing
into smaller pieces and used these as the 1/8 scale cars and I dabbled with radio-controlled
basis to create more detailed drawings. aircraft and helicopters, although this came to a halt
with family responsibilities taking up my time. As the
Once I’d got everything together, I started children grew up, I started looking for a new interest
Factfile breaking it up into 3D printable sections. and I found Microsoft Train Simulator. My railway
modelling might have developed from there, although
Layout name: The Bridge it only really go going after I stepped back from some
Scale/gauge: 1:450/T gauge Andy: How long was the actual build of my volunteering at the National Tramway Museum
Size: Approximately 8m x 600mm
process from start to finish? at Crich. Around that time, I’d seen an article about
Era/region: Firth of Forth T gauge online. I thought the smaller scale would
Location: Nottingham Doug: It must have been three months of
suit the space I had available, so I decided to build
Layout type: Circular ‘dogbone’ research before I started building any of the ‘Robin’s Run’. That layout debuted at GCR and was
Power/control: 4.5v cpu-controlled PWM well received. 3D printers were becoming cheaper and
Words: Andy McVittie, Doug Kightley LEFT: It’s already a difficult task to capture the full better, and Forth Bridge followed.
Photography: Tony Wright, Phil Parker length of The Bridge. It would have been closer to 75ft The rest is history, and I’ve been able to turn what was
in length had it been in N gauge, reckons Doug. a virtual hobby into a real one!
Given that The Bridge is an impression of its real-life
counterpart, and in a miniature scale, the landscape
modelling is crisp and rather appealing.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 75
74_The Bridge HS ADD AD.indd 75 04/07/2017 11:33
LAYOUT FOCUS
The Bridge is eight metres (26 feet) long, including
the communities of Queensferry in shot and Dalmeny
in the distance. A bit of a walk even in T gauge!
bits. However, for the whole project in terms Doug: I run three present day trains. A Class for you, can you tell me more?
of printing, we’re talking about two years 170 three-car DMU, a Class 158 DMU – Doug: The idea of the shop was to help fund
on and off – on quite a few occasions the both in Scotrail’s current ‘Saltire’ livery – and my website hosting costs, but people saw the
printer was going all day. also a Class 68 loco and a couple of Mk.2 things I’d made and asked if I had them for
carriages, but if starts acting up I replace the sale. So the shop sells things that are made
Andy: So how many individual pieces is the loco with a shortened HST. This is the only to order. I’ve got houses, shops, a church and
model built from? commercially available UK loco in T gauge. the basic buildings to form a village or town
Doug: The bridge is made up of 663 parts, scene. Also a station building and platforms,
although there are over six million rivets on Andy: You 3D print a lot of your own stuff a range of vehicles and body shells for locos,
the real one. There are 350 buildings, which now, don’t you? including a baby Deltic. The shop pays for
were 3D printed as well. The total number Doug: Yes, I printed the 158 and the 170 the website, but it wouldn’t pay for a living.
of parts for the whole layout is 1300. The body shells myself. I’ve made some of them
bridge has been designed so that all the bits available in a little shop that I’ve set up Andy: Now that you’ve built and exhibited
plug together. It takes me about four hours online. Forth Bridge, what are you doing next?
to build it at a show, but only half an hour or Doug: I seem to have gone straight from
so to take it down. Andy: This appears to be a bit of side-line something small to something very large, so
Andy: Can you tell about the reactions that
you get when the layout is exhibited?
Doug: It’s usually a jaw-dropping reaction.
Most people look at it and go ‘wow, I didn’t it’s usually a jaw-dropping reaction. Most
think the bridge was that big!’ then they
notice there are trains running on it too, and people look at it and go ‘wow, I didn’t
they can’t believe how small they are.
think the bridge was that big!’ then they
Andy: What do you actually run on the
bridge, then? notice there are trains running on it too
76 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
74_The Bridge HS ADD AD.indd 76 03/07/2017 10:34
T
the only thing I can do now is come down
in size a bit. I’ve made a few railway bridges,
so I should probably stick to the same
theme. One bridge that I am thinking about
is Brunel’s Royal Albert Bridge at Saltash,
because that has got the Tamar road bridge
alongside it. The railway bridge wouldn’t be
a challenge like Forth Bridge, but it would be
a challenge to build the road bridge as well
and having four lanes of moving traffic on it!
Andy: If you were to produce this new
layout, how big would it be?
Doug: There we’re talking about something
that’s going to be about ten foot by five foot.
Smaller than Forth Bridge, but it’s going
to be tricky getting the orientation of the
model right and there are lots and lots of
buildings along the water’s edge and sloping
scenery. So far, I’ve made a scale print from
the available satellite images and I’ve started
experimenting with the track. I’m still in the
early design stages, though.
Andy: Finally, what lessons have you taken
from the building of Forth Bridge, and have
they been pleasurable to learn?
Doug: Try to think about a project more
ABOVE: Already wilting
before you begin building it, because I
in the punishing heat at
started the Forth Bridge before I realised the the recent GCR event
true scale of the work and effort involved. in Loughborough, BRM
editor Andy (right) was
And I paid no thought whatsoever to the
one of many appreciative
effort that would be needed to get the layout visitors to stop by. One
to shows. But the satisfaction of completing stood silently for a while,
then nodded and raised
it and showing it, and seeing the reactions of
a thumb to Doug. Fair
the public… that’s a real buzz of its own! comment, we think.
Top tip
That seemed like a good point to conclude
our conversation, notwithstanding a quick
tour of the trophies that ‘Forth Bridge’ has
won, including ‘Best in Show’ at the 2017
3D printing can be
Model Rail Scotland expo. Future bookings viewed as something of
include Worthing in September (23-24) and a dark art, and it’s true
Falkirk in November (25-26). “That will be that there are certain
technical aspects to
the closest the layout has ever been to the overcome. Doug has
real Forth Bridge, I’m looking forward to attained a level of
that one!” says Doug, proudly.■ proficiency without a
degree in design or
What we
computer science, and
he speaks highly of the
modelling possibilities
think
that have opened up.
Talkingtgauge.net has
more about T gauge
and the models that
Doug’s model of the Forth Bridge stopped me in my he produces. See page
tracks at the Nottingham expo earlier this year. Okay, 106 for a new book that
in T gauge it’s only ever going to be an impression demystifies the subject
of the bridge, but any larger and they’d have needed too, and the services
a bigger exhibition hall. It was only in talking to such as those offered
Doug that I really understood the work and accuracy by shapeways.com if
involved. His next project is somewhat smaller in you fancy having a go
scale, but is potentially even more complicated. I’m without having to buy
quite sure that Doug will rise to the challenge, though. all the equipment.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 77
74_The Bridge HS ADD AD.indd 77 04/07/2017 11:37
PRACTICAL BRM
a couple of hours in the fresh air trying
not to sink my latest vessel makes
for an excellent break from the more
serious world of railway modelling
BUILD A MODEL BOAT CLUB
Phil Parker builds an unusual scenic feature using the new range of
water modelling products from Woodland Scenics.
I
have been known to abandon the depth. These have tended to be resins, the water surface from dust and curious
workbench or computer for a little sailing which are pretty smelly for indoor use. fingers during this period. Before you start,
at my local model boat club. A couple of The Woodland Scenics' Scenic Water is get a box to cover the surface, or even some
hours in the fresh air trying not to sink my odourless, and so is far more user-friendly. kitchen foil to form into a dome over the
latest vessel makes for an excellent break Simply mix two different liquids and pour top. Once the dust or finger marks get on the
from the more serious world of railway into your pre-prepared, leak-free base. surface, you won't easily remove them. The
modelling. Detailed instructions are included with Deep Pour and Realistic Water products are
All this now counts as prototype research, the deep pour product that is used for major easy to use, otherwise, and I'm very pleased
since when presented by Howard with a ponds, and there are a couple of points with the results.
range of water modelling products from worth being aware of. The first is that the Water Ripples is a bit more of a challenge.
Woodland Scenics, a miniature model mix warms up slightly as it cures. Because A few experiments on some black plastic
boat club was the obvious choice for a of this, you are told to make sure the base sheet show promise, with nicely-formed
small diorama. I wanted to create the sort is sealed with plaster or one of the many ripples made by stippling the product with
of cameo scene that would fit into most excellent WS products. As an experiment, a brush. The clever formulation even allows
layouts, small-scale sailing having been a I poured some excess liquid onto raw ripples to be made more subtle with a spray
popular occupation for well over a hundred polystyrene to see what would happen, it of water. Before committing to the layout,
years. warmed slightly, but not much. though, I'd certainly spend more time on
To date, I've tended to use DIY store Drying time is also a consideration. Deep test pieces. This is good stuff, though, and I
varnish to represent water, but people have Pour needs 24 hours to fully set and Water predict there will be some stunning models
asked me about products that allow more Ripples twice that. It's essential to protect made using it. ■
78 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
66_Practical_Build a boat yard.indd 78 30/06/2017 12:05
Shopping list ANY
Woodland Scenics:
| Deep Pour Water, Murky
SCALE
| Water undercoat - Yellow silt
| Water undercoat - Olive drab
| Water ripples
| Realistic ripples
| Static grass - Medium green
| Static grass - Wild honey
Green Scene:
www.green-scene.co.uk
| Static grass - Spring Green short
1 2
Dart Castings: The scene starts life as a piece of polystyrene left over Hacking out the pond requires a craft knife. The type with
www.dartcastings.co.uk from some scenic work, 29 x 19cm in size. I mark the snap-off blades can be extended for digging deep holes
| Ducks (12 in a row, swimming) main features with a felt-tipped pen so everything fits in in the styrene – a hot wire cutter can't usually reach into
| Gentlemen with yacht place and also to gauge the look of the finished model. concave spaces. Don't worry about making it pretty at
It's easy to move things around at the stage. this stage.
Hornby:
5
| R8765 00 Gauge Skaledale Car Sales
Portakabin 4
Metcalfe Models:
www.metcalfemodels.com
| Platform benches
3
Marking the waterline is simple enough with a felt tip pen
Mixing brown emulsion paint into powdered wall filler taped to a box, then moved along the model. The result
before adding water gives it a bit of colour. That way, is a nice level line, which acts as a guide for the scenery
if anything cracks or some grass is scraped away, the around the pond.
ground won't be gleaming white. Ground cover for the
car park and paths is chinchilla sand sprinkled on to
PVA glue.
Since there isn't space on the diorama for all of the pond, 7 8
I plan to fit a piece of clear plastic along the front. To
ensure a nice smooth edge for this, a piece of wood is
wrapped in a plastic bag and clamped in place before the
plaster ground cover is applied.
Assuming that the boat club mows the lawn around its
Our miniature sailors need somewhere to launch their pond, most of the grass is 3mm long fibres from Green
boats. This is made from a sheet of basswood with Scene with longer ones from Woodland Scenics behind
matchstick supports. To give a silvery wood appearance, the clubhouse. All are applied to a layer of PVA glue that
it is stained with grey ink, although paint would work just has been allowed to dry slightly. This is vacuumed up
as well. before the next stage.
A patio would be nice in front of the clubhouse. An off-cut 10 The water is one of the new Woodland Scenics deep pour kits. Each box contains a two-part mix, plastic
beakers, gloves, stirring sticks and instructions. I've chosen the murky water version, but there is a clear
from a piece of mounting board is perfect. Scale 3ft by alternative for swimming pools and clear ponds.
2ft paving slabs are scribed using the back of a craft
knife before painting with several shades of grey enamel.
Water undercoat is a thick paint available in a range
of suitable colours. I chose silt and olive drab. Use the
lighter colours around the edge, moving to dark ones for
the middle. Don't let one colour dry before adding the
next. To blend, dab the damp surface with a sponge.
79
66_Practical_Build a boat yard.indd 79 30/06/2017 12:06
PRACTICAL BRM
11 12
Pour Deep Water mixed with an activator at a ratio of 2:1.
Both bottles should be warmed beforehand by placing
them in hot water before mixing. Once brought together
they need five minutes of stirring. Tinting paints are
available if you need to alter the colour. Be prepared to
work fast, as the mix starts to set after 20 minutes.
13
My idea of planting the grass first seemed sound, initially,
but capillary action caused the water to creep up the
bank. I'm surprised at this, as the liquid is pretty thick A depth of up to 12.7mm can be poured in one go. Further layers can be added, allowing each to set for four hours. To
when poured. Another layer of grass was applied to hide mix needs 24 hours to fully set and it must be protected from dust during this time. My diorama fitted into a box, but
the mistake, but my advice is to now add the water first. the instructions suggest that a kitchen foil ‘hat’ works well.
14
Expert tip
Model boats are built in all sorts of shapes and
Deep pour water is sizes. My local club sees tiny motor boats 6 inches
self-levelling, so I ended long and occasionally, warships and lifeboats over 5
up with a flat pond. If ripples are feet in length. Handling those is a challenge!
required, a ready-mixed thick goo called Carving something suitable from wood or plastic
‘Water Ripples’ can be spooned onto the dry shouldn't be too hard, but it's worth taking a look
surface and stippled with a brush. I recommend trying at 3-D printing sites such as www.shapeways.
this on a test piece, as it needs practice to get a realistic effect. com where you'll find tiny boats perfect for a model
sailing club.
80 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
66_Practical_Build a boat yard.indd 80 30/06/2017 12:06
ANY
SCALE
15 16 17
Deep pour water mixed with an activator at a ratio of 2:1. I picked up a second-hand Hornby R8765 Portakabin
Both bottles should be warmed beforehand by placing and repainted it from yellow to green. A few A couple of platform benches from Metcalfe models give
them in hot water before mixing. Once brought together noticeboards created on the computer finished the job. the boaters somewhere to sit. Made in laser-cut thick
they need five minutes of stirring. Tinting paints are Knightwing makes a slightly larger Portakabin kit and card, the pack even includes a jig to make assembly
available if you need to alter the colour. Be prepared to modelrailwayscenery.com has a downloadable model easier.
work fast, as the mix starts to set after 20 minutes. that could also be used.
18 19 20
An empty corner of the diorama offers a good opportunity
to place a die-cast VW van - the club needs a car park.
The scene is almost complete and it's quite photogenic
already, but I can think of a few more details to add.
The editor insisted my pond had to have a couple of ducks
on it, so these are from the Dart Castings whitemetal range.
Painting requires a steady hand and tiny brush.
They certainly add a bit of colour to the scene, though.
(Told you so! – Andy)
The yacht has been launched, but wait, is it sinking? Such a scene could easily be added to a village pond, a lake or even a slow-flowing stream. Want to add more interest?
Consider some children playing 'pooh-sticks' around a bridge over a stream.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 81
66_Practical_Build a boat yard.indd 81 30/06/2017 12:07
LAYOUT FOCUS
Geoff’s first gauge 3 locomotive, a Garden Railway Specialists GER Y6
poses next to a GER 5-plank open wagon built from a Williams Models kit.
LEA SIDING
Inspired by photographs of the former Wisbech and Upwell Tramway, Geoff
Nicholls’ large scale layout captures the entrance to Outwell village Depot.
L
' ea Siding’ is a small working diorama That got me thinking about making an even I then had to design a layout. Because I
designed to show what can be achieved smaller layout using a locomotive I'd already don't drive, I’d be dependent on others to
in Gauge 3 when modelling indoors. built - a GER Y6 steam tram bought as a kit transport the layout to shows. Members of
Its locomotives are battery powered and from Garden Rail Specialists. Tests showed my local model railway club, Ilford and West
radio controlled and the rolling stock the locomotive could pull or push nine Essex, calculated the maximum length that
represents two eras – pre-1914 and foot wheelbase wagons through a 1200mm would fit in the backs of their cars would
the 1950s. reverse curve without buffer-locking. be 1200mm. The layout would have goods
You can avoid putting this level of detail into a OO or O gauge layout,
An idea is sown but it can be seen by the public in gauge 3.
The layout came about while work on my
existing layout ‘Aldeburgh Wharf ’ had
stalled. I visited the Grainge and Hodder
stand at Warley where demonstrations of
its new laser-cut baseboard modules made
of 5mm ply took place. I was impressed by
how light they were, a 900mm x 400mm
board could be lifted easily with one hand.
Factfile
Layout name: Lea Siding
Era: 1950s
Location: East Anglia
Layout size (inc. fiddleyards) : 340cm x 40cm
Words: Geoff Nicholls
Photography: Phil Parker
82 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
82_Lea_siding HS.indd 82 30/06/2017 14:08
Interested in Gauge 3?
Visit the Gauge 3 Society website at www.gauge3.org.uk or
search for Gauge 3 content on www.RMweb.co.uk 3
Gauge 3 - a
the layout would be inspired by the
brief history Wisbech and Upwell Tramway, as I like
Gauge 3 is sometimes known as 2 1/2in
gauge because of the distance between the
two tracks (63.5mm). The scale is
trains running adjacent to roads and I
22.5 : 1 or 13.5mm : 1ft. It’s one of the
earliest model railway scales, dating back thought it would make a nice scene
to the 1890s, but interest has been revived In other scales it’s said that a layout is never finished. In gauge 3 it seems that even a wagon is never finished.
by the introduction of 'G' scale - the same I've added capping strip clips to this GRS kit, but the end door fastening pin chains are still missing.
scale as Gauge 3, only narrow gauge. A large
range of locomotives and rolling stock kits
is produced by Garden Railway Specialists
(GRS).
Gauge 3 is often associated with live
steam models built by model engineers to
run in the garden, but it’s possible to model
this scale indoors using batteries and radio
control or two rail power like most OO and O
gauge models. I’m not a model engineer and
I use the same techniques as when I built kits
in O gauge, though an 80 Watt soldering iron
is now required.
trains only - no room for a passenger train,
and the maximum train length would be
three four-wheeled wagons. I decided on
a scenic section with a 'proscenium arch'
housing an LED self-adhesive light strip,
flanked by 1200mm fiddle yards operated
with cassettes to enable the locomotive to
run round a train during shunting.
Radio Control
With a layout so small, extra details are noticeable.
Locomotives are radio-controlled, powered
by AA rechargeable battery packs. Radio
control isn’t necessary for a Gauge 3 layout.
Phil says…
The first thing that struck me about 'Lea
My first layout used two rail track power and
Siding' was its size – or lack of it. The largest
Garden Railway Specialists’ locomotive kits modelling scale in such a small
all include two rail pickups. space makes it worth a look. The
If you're thinking of controlling your rolling track and cobbles caught
locomotives by radio control, you'll need a my eye, beautifully modelled to a
receiver to send and receive signals to control standard rare in this scale where
rolling stock seems to take
speed and direction and a battery pack with
pride of place.
mostly 12 or 16 AA batteries. A double pole
double throw (DPDT) switch for connecting
batteries to either the receiver or a charger
socket is useful as is a charger socket to
charge the locomotive and a fuse between
the receiver and its power source - blowing a
The track
The Cliff Barker track used is to
receiver is easy to do if you're not careful scale, while keeping within the
Sound adds to the operating experience. Gauge 3 Society track standards.
With Gauge 3 there’s more room to fit It uses stainless steel rail, with
speakers which give better sound. track components glued with
I’ve bought my sound cards from Peter Plastic Weld. For the goods yard,
Spoerer, but there are other suppliers. I find I used his check rail chairs, fixed
directly onto 6mm ply. To reduce
Peter's installation instructions very clear.
the layout weight, I glued 3mm
The sound card is connected to both the ply around the sleepers on the
receiver and the battery, so the sound doesn’t main line to reduce the amount of
automatically stop when you turn the speed granite ballast needed.
controller down to zero.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 83
82_Lea_siding HS.indd 83 30/06/2017 14:08
LAYOUT FOCUS
Architectural references
The three buildings are unfinished. The
shop is based on the ancient house in
Granite setts
Walthamstow village, the others I made
up. Quite a bit of effort was made with the
sash windows and I recommend anyone The granite setts in the yard and the road are sold by Williams Models. They’re cast resin panels
producing buildings in a larger scale buys a designed to interlock so you can't see the joins. I’ve glued these slightly lower than the rail height
copy of 'Building Construction' by William to help track cleaning without scratching paint off the setts. The street track setts were laid a scale
Barr McKay. I have volume one which eighteen inches either side of the rails in accordance with the laws covering street tramways. The
includes all the drawings you’ll need showing sett panels don't include the cement between individual setts. For this, rubbing in a filler such as
polyfilla with a mix of grey and brown paint, once the panels have been laid is required. I painted
how houses are built, including windows,
the setts before applying the cement, as I think it gives a better representation.
doors and roofs.
For the brick house at the front of the
layout, I drew the outside of the building, The Garden Railway Specialists' GER Y6 resting before Geoff's
detailed cobbled road crossing.
with all the bricks in TurboCAD, then
printed that on paper and glued it to the
outside of the model. I then cut out large
numbers of bricks in thin card and glued
them individually in place over the paper.
'Lea Siding' is operated from the front so
we can chat to the public. It has been well
received at its first two outings, West Essex
Modelrail in Romford, and the Association
of Larger Scale Railway Modellers in
Reading. It's transport and operation has run
smoothly thanks to my drivers Ted and Roy,
and operators Eric, Bob, Ian and Andrew. I'm
looking forward to its next outing at Steam,
held at the GWR museum at Swindon on
September 9 and 10 later this year.
Meet the modeller
I live in east London and I've been a railway modeller since I was a child, starting with Tri-ang.
After twenty years modelling narrow gauge, I had a go at modelling the Great Eastern
in O gauge. I overstretched myself with that layout and tried LGB G scale. While
building that I visited Garden Railway Specialists' shop and discovered gauge 3.
Now I model GER branch lines in gauge 3. I'm building a layout that can be
set in the 1850s, 1900s or 1950s by changing buildings and figures. It's less
than four metres in length. I like building things, but only one of anything, two if
necessary, like an open wagon. My favourite locomotives are small, so even in
The 'Revo' handheld controller. a back bedroom, gauge 3 is perfectly feasible. The disadvantage is the limited
Locomotives are chosen using the range of kits and locomotive wheels available. You need to scratch build,
buttons marked 'T'. The keypad and everything takes longer. My advice for anyone tempted by this
can be used to control the sounds, article is to have a go. Check out the Gauge 3 Society website and
for example, ‘1’ sounds the horn forum. Start with a GRS locomotive kit and a few of their wagons or
on the Simplex, and ‘2’ starts up or
turns off the engine. those from Williams Models - that's how I started.
84 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
82_Lea_siding HS.indd 84 30/06/2017 14:09
Cliff Barker
Leading The Way in
Track Development
Narrow Gauge,
Gauge 1 & Gauge 3
cliff@cliffbarker.me.uk
www.cliffbarker.me.uk
01702 217422
CRAFT MADE SIGNALS
Spencer Robinson
01637 830257 • 07791 389510
St Mary’s, West Pentire Road, Crantock,
Newquay, Cornwall TR8 5RZ
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 85
p085_BRMAug17.indd 85 03/07/2017 10:49
FTGM odels
filling the gap models
BRINGING READY TO RUN MODELS
TO THE RAILWAY ENTHUSIAST
Set of 5 “OO” gauge SPA
- Wagon in Network Rail Livery -
Only 220 sets of
all 5 wagons made
£105 inc P&P to UK address
www.ftgmodels.co.uk
stpaddy9001@aol.com
Illustrated Catalogues Inc. post
OO, 009 (1/76th)...........£6 in colour
N Catalogue (1/148th)..£5 in colour
O Catalogue (1/43rd)....£4 in colour
Mail Order By Return P&P £4, over £40 POST FREE. 166 Three Bridges Road, Crawley, Sussex, RH10 1LE
Unpainted metal kits - glue with epoxy glue (£5.75) Tel: 01293 516329 Fax: 01293 403955 www.langleymodels.co.uk
OO SCALE 52ft Holiday Canal Boat £32.95.
Industrial 72ft motor boat£32.95.
Rapier mobile yard crane £31.65
Loads of kits in our illustrated colour catalogue
Cliff Railway-Coaches,accessories & motorising........................... £144.95 Painted Single Head Traffic Light...................................................... £ 6.05
Pavillion building(cricket,café,scout,etc)......................................... £ 37.55 Painted Twin Head Traffic Light........................................................ £ 6.35
Fisherman & Equip (rods,box & shelter)............................................ £ 7.60
4 ass. Scooters & riders (Mods)..................................................... £ 12.05 Painted Police Telephone box (resin).............................................. £ 13.40
4 ass. Motorcycles & riders (Rockers)............................................ £ 12.25 Painted Hunt Scene 2 mounted riders.............................................. £ 9.40
Surburban Station Building (brass)................................................. £ 37.55 Painted Hunt Scene 6 Assorted Hounds............................................ £ 8.35
6 assorted Golfers & Equipment....................................................... £ 7.85
assorted Lawn Bowls Teams............................................................ £ 5.20 Painted Cricket Game 15figs.......................................................... £ 31.50
First Aid Set (St John Ambulance).................................................... £ 5.80 Painted Morris Dancers.................................................................. £ 25.20
Army personnel - On Fatigues 40/50's............................................. £ 5.80 Painted Loco Spotters(3) & 8 Kids.................................................. £ 25.20
Army personnel - On Parade-Attention............................................. £ 5.80 Painted Lych Gate.......................................................................... £ 12.35
Army personnel - On Parade-At Ease............................................... £ 5.80
6 Builders/tradesmen figures........................................................... £ 5.35 Painted Church Notice Board & Crucifix........................................... £ 9.95
6 Painters & Plasterers.................................................................... £ 5.35 Painted War Memorial...................................................................... £ 9.95
8 Pavers & Fencers.......................................................................... £ 6.80 Painted Gardeners (4 figs and equipment)...................................... £ 12.10
Welders & equipment...................................................................... £ 5.35
Workmen on ladders........................................................................ £ 6.80 Painted Blacksmith and equipment................................................ £ 36.50
Road Repair & Surveying - 6 figs etc................................................ £ 5.30 Painted 4 Soldiers Marching............................................................ £ 9.25
40/50's 6 women working (housewives).......................................... £ 5.30 Painted 1 Officer for Above.............................................................. £ 2.65
Football match (25 figures inc referee)........................................... £ 17.70
Football Supporters (10 figures)....................................................... £ 7.25 Painted 1 Mounted Officer............................................................... £ 5.20
In Bad Taste (adults only) (8 figs, 1dog)............................................ £ 7.25 Painted 6 Sitting Figures................................................................ £ 13.20
Fire Escape (for outside of buildings).............................................. £ 11.55 Painted 6 x Standing Figures set 1................................................. £ 13.20
Gnomes, Statues & garden Ornaments............................................. £ 4.95
large 'Neptune' Water Fountain........................................................ £ 6.80 Painted 6 Standing Figures set 2.................................................... £ 13.20
6 boys playing with toys.................................................................. £ 5.30 Painted 6 x Standing figues set 3................................................... £ 13.20
6 girls playing with toys................................................................... £ 5.30 Painted Punch & Judy Tent and Figures.......................................... £ 15.65
Boys with go-kart & pedal car.......................................................... £ 5.05 Painted 4 Sheep.............................................................................. £ 6.85
2 Telegraph poles............................................................................ £ 6.95
Seaside Ballustrade Posts................................................................ £ 5.80 Painted Shepherd, Sheepdog and 4 Ass Sheep.............................. £ 10.75
Painted War Memorial................................. £ 5.95 Working Men 1 on Ladder & 1 on trestle..... £ 4.30
Painted 2 Plain Horses (unharnessed)......... £ 5.85 8 Pigs......................................................... £ 3.20
Painted Loco Crew...................................... £ 3.90 8 Sheep...................................................... £ 3.20
Painted Swans & Ducks x 4 each................ £ 6.30 10 Chickens............................................... £ 3.20
Painted Washing Line & Figure.................... £ 6.95 2 Shire Horses............................................ £ 2.65
Painted Wild Animals.................................. £ 6.85 Pub/Café Scene.......................................... £ 5.55
Painted Assorted Seagulls x 8..................... £ 6.45 Funeral Scene............................................. £ 4.10
Painted Dogs 6 off...................................... £ 6.30 White Wedding Scene................................. £ 4.25
Painted 6 x Pigs.......................................... £ 6.00 Cricket Game Figures................................. £ 5.95
Painted Sheep 8 off.................................... £ 6.40 Cricket Sight Screen and Scoreboard.......... £ 5.95
Painted Chickens 10 off.............................. £ 6.40 2 Horse Plough and Ploughman.................. £ 4.60
N Scale Kits Painted Funeral Scene................................ £ 9.15 15 ass Loco Lamps (square,round,guard)... £ 2.65
Canal boats and Painted Wedding Scene............................ £ 17.80 30 shell vents (extra detailing for coaches). £ 2.65
lock gates set £22.80, Painted Cricket Game............................... £ 26.25 20 torpedo vents (extra detail for coaches).. £ 2.65
Painted Church Notice board & crucifix....... £ 7.30 Ass Loco Vacuum Pipes.............................. £ 2.65
Hunt Scene figs & hounds £6.80 Painted Lrg Wooden (Oak) Barrels x 4......... £ 5.95 Childrens Playground & figures................... £ 8.55
Painted Flower tubbs and water butt........... £ 7.45 Church Lych Gate....................................... £ 4.55
Painted Terracotta Chimneys (12x (3 types))£ 4.95 Church Notice Board & Crucifix................... £ 3.70
Painted Welding Figures & Equipment......... £ 8.55 Forresters saw horse set and axe............... £ 4.30
Painted 9 x Ass Standing Figs platform etc. £ 17.60 6 Large (50 gallon) Oak Barrels................... £ 3.70
Painted 4 Pallets and pallet truck................ £ 8.35 Water Butt and 5 Tubs................................. £ 3.70
Painted 6 ass Rock Climbers..................... £ 11.70 12 Wharfside Bollards................................. £ 3.70
Painted 4off Highland Cattle........................ £ 7.85 Lifebelts & Stands....................................... £ 3.70
Painted Fire Fighters 50's......................... £ 11.70 12 Chimneys(round/tapered/Hexagonal)..... £ 3.20
Painted 6 Ass Trawler & Fishermen........... £ 11.70 Welding Figures & Equipment..................... £ 4.30
Painted 8 Guards Marching....................... £ 17.80 2 Relaxed Loco Crew.................................. £ 1.70
86 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
p086_BRMAug17.indd 86 29/06/2017 12:45
MAY AD_Layout 1 24/05/2017 16:52 Page 1
This month’s New Releases
Vauxhall Firenza Sport SL -
Rolls-Royce Silver Cloud/
NEW
Aston Martin DB4
GT Zagato - 2 VEV NEW Honey Starmist
Hooper - Empress Brown/Cream AMZ001 1:43 Tooling! VF003 1:43
43EMP001 1:43 Tooling!
Rolls-Royce Phantom V James Rolls-Royce Phantom III SdV Land Rover S1 88" Hard
Young - Burgundy/Silver Sand HJ Mulliner - Fawn/Black Top - Rover Fire Brigade
43RRP5002 1:43 43RRP3002 1:43 LAN188010 1:43
Dorchester ACV - ‘Max’
(Rommel) Africa 1941 DAF XF Euro 6 D-Tec CombiTrailer/ Volvo FH 6-wheel Curtainside
Container - Maritime Transport Lorry - Brains
76DOR004 1:76
76DXF001 1:76 SP113 1:76
Ford 400E - Bedford CA Minibus - BEA
Fordson Tractors 76CA029 1:76
Duple Roadmaster - 76FDE011 1:76
Wye Valley Motors
76DR003 1:76 Morris J Ice Cream -
D. Di Mascio’s
76MJ011 1:76
Aston Martin Vanquish
Aston Martin DB4
GT Zagato - 2 VEV NEW Coupé - Selene Bronze
76AMV002 1:76
76AMZ001 1:76 Tooling!
Land Rover Discovery
Sport - Corris Grey NEW
Tooling!
Range Rover Evoque Coupé
(Facelift) - Firenze Red NEW
76LRDS001 1:76
76RRE001 1:76 Tooling!
Range Rover Evoque
Convertible - Phoenix Orange NEW
76RREC001 1:76 Tooling!
Ford Transit SWB New Routemaster - Scammell Showtrac & Dodgem
Low Roof - White London United Trailer - Arnold Brothers
NFT001 1:148 NNR003 1:148 76SST007 1:76
To order, call: Follow us on Twitter
02380 248850 @OxfordDiecastUK
See more at:
www.oxforddiecast.co.uk Precision die-cast scale engineering
OXFORD DIECAST LTD. PO Box 62, Swansea SA1 4YA Tel: 01792 643500 at surprisingly inexpensive prices
p087_BRMAug17.indd 1 29/06/2017 12:47
PRACTICAL BRM
The safety valves are hissing on British Railways No. 58100 'Big Bertha' indicating
a good head of steam on Bromsgrove coaling shed in the early 1950s. The trees in
leaf indicate it's summer. Note the exceptionally large, powerful cylinders, only two
of which are visible. Photo courtesy of David P. Williams
List of suppliers
www.djmodelloco.co.uk
www.markits.com
www.cometmodels.co.uk
www.poppyswoodtech.co.uk
www.sefinecast.co.uk
BUILDING 'BIG BERTHA'
Commencing our celebration of this iconic locomotive, noted modeller and long-time
friend of the magazine, Tony Wright, builds up a DJH white metal and brass kit.
T
here is a fascination in singular instructed in 1914 to build a four-cylinder Summerson (Irwell Press). It pays to have
locomotives; one-offs, built to do 0-10-0 with Walschaerts valve gear. The an extensive library, even in these days of
a specific job. 'Big Bertha' (or 'Big First World War delayed its construction the internet.
Emma' as known by some) was just such until it emerged in 1919. From then on What one gets from DJH is a complete
a locomotive. It was by some margin it pushed countless trains up the Lickey kit for the frames and motion/valve gear
the largest ever built by the Midland for the next 37 years, apart from periods (etched in brass and nickel silver) and a
Railway. The most daunting stretch of the in works. A spare boiler had been built to set of high-quality white metal castings
Midland’s whole system was the two-mile shorten overhaul times, such was the loco’s for the bodywork. DJH used to supply
long Lickey incline between Bromsgrove importance. It was withdrawn in 1956 and wheels in their kits, but not now. I obtained
and Blackwell, just south of Birmingham. replaced by a BR Standard 9F. the kit, plus a full wheelset from Markits,
At 1-in-37 (the steepest on any British As always, prior to building any model and a Mashima motor/gearbox from
main line) it required even light trains loco, I perused the established works on Comet. With books to hand, all the parts
to be banked, with two or three locos the subject, including those by Essery obtained and the soldering iron fired-up,
needed to assist the heaviest trains. In and Jenkinson (OPC, Silver Link and construction began. The following pictures
order to mitigate this, Derby Works was Wild Swan), Haresnape (Ian Allan) and show how I got on...n
88 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
88_Practical_Big Bertha HS.indd 88 04/07/2017 11:39
00
1 2
With the frames erected, gearbox put together and
wheels on, everything was tested for initial sweetness.
Though the prototype drove on the centre axle, I chose
to drive on the fourth one; that way, the drive could be
disguised in the firebox.
5
I always build my sets of loco frames on the Poppy's Wood Tech Loco Builders Box and this one was no exception.
Despite having screw-together spacers, it’s always best to jig-up for any chassis construction.
3 4 I always erect the tender at the same time. That way,
constant checks can be made for ride-height, etc. After a
brief flirt with oil-firing in the ‘20s, the tops of the tender
were cut down. I marked the amount needed with a
permanent marker and dividers.
I made the pick-ups from .45mm nickel silver wire, 8
soldered to double-sided PCB pads. This chassis followed Rods on – they fitted perfectly, thanks to the accuracy of
my usual practice of one-side-live, so care was taken to the jig – and the beginnings of the bodywork in place to
ensure there were no short circuits. check for unwanted interference or stray short circuits.
6 7
I used good-quality tinsnips I’ve found from experience that when cutting sheet metal
to take off the excess material which ever part is the smaller/less wide will be the one The tender kit uses outside bearings (like the prototype).
from the top, making sure I didn’t cut to take up all the inevitable distortion – as shown here. This always makes the frames difficult to get square
right up to my mark. Though white metal is Final filing up to the mark completed the job (three hands are needed!), so I substituted a SE Finecast
quite thick, it was soft enough in this instance to Fowler tender sub-frame. A tiny bit of modification was
be easily cut through. needed at its rear end to fit.
9 10 11
The sub-frame made-up into an extremely accurate Taking the top off the tender resulted in taking off its I flattened the wire using a coarse file using the
unit and fitted snugly between the front and rear beading too. This had to be reinstated (no mention draw-filing technique; that is filing from side to
of the tender bulkheads. I soldered a strip of brass is made of this in the instructions). I used 30Amp side, not backwards and forwards, finishing off with
between the tender sides, tapped an 8BA thread in its fusewire, secured in place with low-melt solder, successively finer files.
centre to enable the sub-frame to be secured. trimming it to length once it was all secure.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 89
88_Practical_Big Bertha HS.indd 89 30/06/2017 09:16
PRACTICAL BRM
12 13 14
Still pondering what was best to do, I carried on with
building the loco. The fit of the white metal parts was
perfect, needing a minimal amount of cleaning up and
fettling before soldering the components together.
With the tender cab now securely soldered, thoughts
turned to how to represent the rear overhang. Another
By reducing the top of the tender it meant that the tender point was the cut-out in the sides – they’re too small and
cab no longer fitted. I made up the tender cab and cut off not in the right place.
the rearward extension using a razor saw. Only soldering
will withstand this sort of pressure.
15 16
Standard handrail pillars were provided for the boiler- The split pins held the fatter rail with ease, careful soldering ensuring that all was securely-fixed. I made a new
side handrails, but these were inappropriate because rearward extension to the tender cab from brass shim. It’s not quite right, with the incorrect cut-out and rounded top. It
the ‘handrails’ on both sides of Bertha’s boiler are a should be angular, like the cab.
much larger diameter. They are, in effect, a conduit. I
substituted split pins, soldered in from the rear.
17
there is a fascination
in singular
locomotives;
one-offs, built to
do a specific job.
'Big Bertha' (or 'Big
Emma' as known by
some) was just such
Unusually, the front framework and buffer beam are
designed to be attached to the frames (just like the
a locomotive
prototype). The front handrails and stanchions proved
to be rather vulnerable and should really have been
left to the last.
90 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
88_Practical_Big Bertha HS.indd 90 30/06/2017 09:17
00
18 19
The drop-down section of the handrail at the front was The loco bodywork complete, with the prominent headlamp fixed in place. This should point downwards at a slight
made with standard .45mm wire and medium-length angle. I represented the electrical feed to this (and some pipe runs) with 5Amp fusewire, soldered in place.
handrail pillars. A cocktail stick was used to hold the
sandbox filler plates in place for soldering.
20 21 22
Complete and ready for Geoff Haynes to paint – it'll be
painted in unlined LMS black and numbered 22290.
Some parts were not supplied, so I raided my spares
box to provide the front sandboxes and generator for the
I always split the valve gear into two halves. That way, The complete chassis ready for final painting. Though lamp. Otherwise, this has certainly turned out as a most
it’s so much easier to check for interference and sticking. rivets were supplied, I used brass lace pins to hold the impressive beast, and it’ll pull – and, more appropriately,
The nearside is fixed in place and all the parts for the valve gear components together – so much easier to push over 50 wagons with ease. It’s a splendid kit too,
offside have been joined together in readiness. solder than rivet in my view. The motion support bracket being well-designed, and is a pleasure to put together.
was split and the two bits secured to the frames with wire. Although possibly too challenging for a beginner, I
heartily recommend it for more experienced builders.
"DJH offers a
r the
…this has certainly turned out as a
complete kit fo
frames and va
lve gear most impressive beast, and it’ll pull -
hite
and a set of w and, more appropriately, push over 50
rk
metal bodywo
castings." wagons with ease
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 91
88_Practical_Big Bertha HS.indd 91 30/06/2017 09:17
PROTOTYPE INSPIRATION
Watch more...
BR 'Jubilee' No. 45683 Hogue winds up the Lickey at
Vigo with an up Bristol-York passenger in July, 1961.
BEATING THE
CHALLENGE OF LICKEY
As Tony Wright builds a model of the Midland Railway's 0-10-0 ‘Big Bertha’, Andy York
takes a brief look at the history and operation of the Lickey Incline.
C
utting costs may be seen as a 21st Railway with easier gradients but of greater have the digital edition of this month’s BRM
century malaise, but it is that which mileage. The railway found the costs to you'll be able to see the graves in our short
has given us the Lickey Incline; be prohibitive and sought the services of video about the line.
two words that are bound to stir the souls William Moorsom, who had assisted in the And so, the legendary Lickey Incline came
of railway enthusiasts. Not only is it the building of the London and Birmingham to be.
steepest sustained gradient on the UK Railway, and charged him with building the
mainline, it is, and always has been, worked railway as cheaply as possible. He avoided Working the bank
by lengthy express trains and heavy freights. the towns to keep land acquisition costs to a The Railway was an early acquisition by the
Two gruelling miles of 1-in-37.7 climb, it minimum but was then faced with a climb Midland Railway in 1846 and from then
still tests the power of modern engines. You of nearly 300ft to maintain a direct route onwards a variety of 0-6-0 locomotives were
can hear the revs and feel the strain as you towards Birmingham. used for banking. Not until the introduction
stand by the incline as Phil Parker and I did Moorsom proposed that the incline be of the Midland’s 0-10-0 'Big Bertha' in 1920
a few weeks ago. Whether you look up from worked by locomotives. No builders here in was a big locomotive used. With its large
the bottom at Bromsgrove, or down from Britain could, or would, supply anything up boiler and prominent inclined cylinders, this
the summit at Blackwell, it’s dead straight on to the task, so Moorsom turned to Norris was an impressive locomotive. There was
the incline, which only seems to accentuate of Philadelphia for 26 4-2-0 locomotives still a touch of American to it with the large
the scale of it. - awkward-looking beasts with a single headlamp above the smokebox door used
Canal engineers were savvy folk and even driving axle ahead of a vertically mounted for sighting the rear of trains it was buffering
they had to create the UK’s longest flight of boiler. A nugget of railway history is up to.
locks at nearby Tardebigge on the Worcester preserved in the churchyard of St. John the 'Big Bertha' performed no other work, but
and Birmingham canal. Isambard Kingdom Baptist in Bromsgrove, with the graves of could be seen travelling to Derby for works
Brunel surveyed an earlier route to the two enginemen who were killed when their visits. It was the only locomotive not to
east for the Birmingham and Gloucester locomotive Surprise exploded in 1840. If you receive a power classification.
92 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
98_Prototype_Lickey Incline HS.indd 92 07/07/2017 16:52
As most trains required banking up the Banking duties now fall to Class 66s, or station’s platform (which closed in 1966).
incline, 'Big Bertha' would not have been occasionally a Class 70, but are rarely seen If a return path was available and no other
able to provide assistance to all services, due to the low volume of heavy freight working had been accepted onto the incline
so through the LMS years 3F ‘Jinties’ workings on the route. it would wait on the main until it could
were the principal supporting cast. With cross over onto the Down line via a single
electrification of the Woodhead route, the Operations slip by the box. If there was no return path
Worsborough banker, LNER U1 2-8-8- Up services requiring banking would draw immediately available it could run further
2 Garratt, was trialled on the incline in up to the south of Bromsgrove station to forward and back into a loop on the Up side;
1949/50. await assistance. Express passenger services latterly the alignment was changed so there
It appears to have been unpopular would normally stop on the Up main whilst was an extended crossover siding between
and ineffective by comparison with 'Big goods services would often use the loop the Up and Down lines. The bankers would
Bertha'; even its oil fired return in 1955 was on the Up side. Services that stopped at return individually or in convoy dependent
unsuccessful. There is a recorded incident of Bromsgrove would receive their banker on on the traffic flow and return to Bromsgrove
an LMS 2-6-6-2 Garratt on a mineral train the Up platform. The banker(s) would draw crossing back over to the coaling and
being banked by the LNER Garratt, stalling out of their siding and buffer up to the rear stabling point; permissive block working
on the climb and rescued by 0-10-0 ‘Big of the train. allowed the bankers to run down the
Bertha’; 19 driven axles! Once the train was accepted by the incline behind a Down service to minimise
Regional boundary changes in 1958 signalman at Blackwell at the summit of the disruption.
transferred the route to the control of the incline the main locomotive and the banker Evidently the rate of progress of an Up
Western Region and a succession of 94XX would signal their readiness with whistles service was affected by the incline and the
pannier tanks were allocated to Bromsgrove and draw forward. The banker would match operations necessary but, in time terms,
for banking duties. A couple of 52XX 2-8- the speed of the train and the application of there was no less an effect for Down goods
0T and 72XX 2-8-2T locomotives were power would grow as the train went through services. Speeds for Down trains were
allocated, as were additional 9F 2-10-0 Bromsgrove’s platform, as the incline started limited at the top of the incline to reduce the
locomotives. at the very end of the platform beneath the risk of runaway.
A classification, based on the Jinties, was overbridge. As dieselisation and the use of fully-fitted
applied to the classes and combinations The box at Blackwell had equipment to trains increased, so the banking requirement
formulated based on the needs of the train operate intermediate block working with reduced and the efficiency of operations
to be banked. 'Jinty' =1; GWR 94XX =1; an intermediate signal halfway up the bank, have evolved to a point where little banking
52XX/72XX =1.5; 'Big Bertha' =2; 9F =2 which allowed the signalmen to accept two is required today. As I write, Bromsgrove
After the demise of steam, and still trains onto the incline in close succession. has a new station, south of the original and
under Western Region control, Worcester- Once the train had crested the summit it electrification masts are being installed for
allocated Hymeks were regularly used, would maintain power and naturally draw electric Cross-City services to run to and
singly or in pairs. After the Hymeks came away from the banker. The banker would fall from Bromsgrove. Soon the Lickey Incline
English Electric Type 3s lasting to the 2000s. back from the train as it passed Blackwell will have changed forever. ■
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 93
98_Prototype_Lickey Incline HS.indd 93 29/06/2017 16:54
GOODS
INWARDS NEWS ❘ PRODUCT UPDATES
KERNOW ‘EXCLUSIVES’ - UPDATE
Kernow Model Rail Centre, has
released first views from China of
its much-anticipated LMS Bulleid 1-Co-
Co-1 locomotives.
Designed by Oliver Bulleid for use on
the Southern Railway, the locomotives
were only built post-nationalisation. The
first two locomotives numbered 10201 and
10202 were built in 1950 at Ashford Works. release images of its first EPs of its D6xx
Brighton Works produced a final version to North British ‘Warship’, being produced in
this design in 1954 numbered 10203. partnership with DJ Models. Each release
With only three of these diesels serv- will be a limited edition of 750 models with
ing British Railways, their service on the features including directional lighting and a
Southern and London Midland region was coreless DCC Ready motor. Available to pre-
relatively short lived, being withdrawn at the order now for £159.99 with delivery dates
end of 1963. Five years after being scraped still unconfirmed.
all three were cut up.
Delays in production of Kernow’s model
are due to a lack of accurate drawings and
once sourced, Kernow had to wait for a N GAUGE SHOW
TAKES SHAPE
factory production slot which happened last
year.
The first decorated model from the manu- A rapidly approaching date for all your
facturer has been praised, although there
diaries, the International N Gauge Show –
were slight issues with livery application and
or ‘TINGS’, as we know it – promises to be
running numbers.
bigger and better this year. Well, smaller
The tooling, owned by Kernow, has been
and better, if you see what we mean. leading N Gauge societies will also be in
created to allow for differences between the
original two There are lots of reasons to spend a day attendance showcasing their prowess.
locomotives made at Ashford Works and or two in the elegant town of Leamington The world of N Gauge modelling is
the last that rolled out of Brighton Works. Spa, but we think this hugely popular developing and the International N Gauge
The first batch will include numbers 10201 annual bash is foremost among them. Show is a great way to see the latest products
and 10202, with two versions of 10203 being Boasting more than 30 eye-catching along with some of the newest and very best
released at a later date. Priced at £159.99 for layouts and a broad selection of over 40 layouts.
a DCC Ready example or £279.99 with DCC specialist suppliers, this year’s show also TINGS takes place on September 9-10,
sound. coincides with the N Gauge Society’s 50th with full price adult tickets at £10.50, £9.50
In other related news, this month saw anniversary. A special layout will take for over 65s and £5 for under 14s.
the modelshop turned RTR manufacturer pride of place on their stand, but five other See www.ngaugeshow.co.uk for more.
94 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
94_Trade_News HS.indd 94 04/07/2017 11:47
SKYTREX TRAM AND WAGON KITS
Skytrex is to re-release selected O gauge locomotive kits are produced with the
locomotives from its ready-to-run range. Sentinel Y3 being a likely second release.
The first model to be revived is its GER Its O gauge Skytrex MGR HAA Coal
Class G15, otherwise known as the LNER Hopper wagon is to be made too available
Y6 0-4-0T. This will be produced mainly in kit form for the first time. The original
using resin castings, with all detail fittings white metal chassis and frame casting has
produced from white metal. now been replaced with a resin cast unit.
The kit doesn’t include essentials such as To ensure the model isn’t too light, axle
buffers, couplings, chassis and markings, boxes and underframe fittings are white
so these require sourced elsewhere. An metal. Also supplied without wheels,
all in one power unit from ETS can be buffers, couplings or markings, the retail
fitted, but the standard catalogue item price for the SMR300K Coal Hopper
comes with small course wheels. The wagon kit is £25, with the possibility
product code for this power unit is 247 of Skytrex producing different model
and is available from www.ets-trains. variations such as the ‘top skip’ version
com. The Tram engine body shell kit subject to sales.
will be available from Skytrex in the near For further details, visit its website
future with the recommended retail price www.ogauge.co.uk, or to see its line
of £55. The popularity of this model of OO gauge accessories, visit www.
could determine whether or not more skytrexmodelrailways.com
N GAUGE BR CARFLATS
Bachmann Europe has released first the wagons dates back to the 1950s right up
sample images of its BR Carflat in N to the turn of the century, offering modellers
gauge. The model is a special commission by a choice of liveries from BR Freight Brown
RAILS’ NEW
the N Gauge Society, with pre-orders taking to Railease Yellow. Delivery is expected early
place through its website. next year, but to avoid disappointment, pre-
The chosen Carflats were converted from order yours today. Visit www.ngaugesociety.
redundant MK 1 coaches. The operation of com to find out more and to pre-order. WEBSITE
Rails of Sheffield is launching a whole
INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION new website, with its primary aim
being to make it easier for customers
Scalescenes strikes again, with a new to use on all devices. The new website
downloadable kit. This new release, is completely smart phone-friendly, so
which doubles as a warehouse or a mill, it is now simple to navigate the website
makes a nice addition to its current range. on the go. The computer experience has
As with previous kits from Scalescenes, this changed as well, with larger images and
warehouse is available in both OO and N clear pricing for each product. Another
scale. This detailed model includes interior innovation is the use of symbols on
detail, the option of three different brick every product listing to indicate era,
finishes and the opportunity for further gauge and weathering of the model. The
customisation thanks to a choice of door new site also allows users to compare
colours and signs. In conjunction with new model prices, with used model
the T026b Industrial Chimney available prices available on the Rails of Sheffield
from Scalescenes, there is the possibility to eBay store. Overall the website looks like
create a stunning industrial scene for your a perfect haven for all your modelling
layout. This T026c Stone Warehouse/Mill needs. Visit www.railsofsheffield.com to
is available to purchase and download for see for yourself.
£4.99 from www.scalescenes.com.
■
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 95
94_Trade_News HS.indd 95 30/06/2017 16:56
Finescale “O” gauge ready to run, 12V DC all brass, factory fully finished 9F
In conjunction with In stock 4 versions with a choice of numbers. Evening Star, single chimney,
double chimney & Tyne Dock
Extra production of split step Evening Star, 92201, 92212 double chimney
BR1G tender 82F shed code order yours for October delivery
Unit 5 Matrix Court, Leeds, LS11 5WB Tel 01132761759 Email john@finescalebrass.co.uk www.55H.co.uk www.loveless.co.uk
All models £2300.00 (£1917 plus carriage outside EU) Fully finished, choice of numbers, totems & front steps
BR1DC BR1D, BR1F & BR1G tenders
Fitted with powerful “Faulhaber” motor, specialist gearbox driving rear axle, stove enamelled finish, sprung axles, coined brass wheels with
Stainless steel tyres, nickel silver valve gear.
In production our next models, ORDER NOW TO GET THE NAME YOU WANT, 7MT “Britannia” class & 8P Duke of Gloucester
Fully finished choice of names
Totems, smoke deflectors & BR1,
BR1A, BR1D tenders (Britannia’s)
£2600.00
(Sales outside the EU £2167 plus
insured carriage)
All models can fitted with DCC & sound for £350.00, smoke from £55.00 & weathered from £100.00. Our prices include UK VAT & mainland carriage, we accept most
major credit & debit cards (no premium)
96 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
p096_BRMAug17.indd 96 29/06/2017 12:52
O NEW MODELS
DARSTAED BOGIE TANKERS
The full range of bogie tank wagons from Darstaed is now available from Ellis Clark Trains.
Available in 22 different liveries spanning pre-war, wartime, post-war and other liveries are
available for your choosing, so an attractive rake of wagons can be created. The tankers
are compatible for two- and three-rail running. The retro appearance of these models
makes them compatible with older O gauge tinplate models.
Price RRP £69
W www.ellisclarktrains.co.uk
DAPOL 4F-016-020 BANANA VAN FYFES YELLOW WEATHERED
Looking for a colouful addition to a rake of goods wagons? Dapol’s new factory-weathered
12Ton banana van is now available from stockists. Sporting the vibrant yellow of Fyffes
bananas with its logo, the vans became increasingly popular from 1950 as post-war demand
for bananas in Britain grew. The specially-constructed heated vans were created to ensure that
bananas being transported would arrive on shop shelves in perfectly ripe condition.
Price RRP £11.86
W www.dapol.co.uk OO
DAPOL 7F-058-001 14T TANK WAGON CLASS A ESSO SILVER
Dapol has adopted this range of tankers from Lionheart following the merger of the two companies
last year. The models are based on the Class A tank wagons first created by Shell and BP in 1938.
Available in 10 different liveries, featuring variations in the Esso, Shell and BP liveries, the models
have a sprung die-cast chassis for smooth running.
Price RRP £49.99
W www.dapol.co.uk
OO
OXFORD RAIL OR76WW001 MINISTRY OF WAR TRANSPORT ‘WARWELL’
Oxford Rail has entered a rivalry with Hattons Model Railways with the timely release of its ‘Warwell’ wagon. The example shown is in military drab with detail highlights including chains used to hold down
loads. The primary purpose of these wagons was to transport Sherman tanks from the West Coast to training posts in the south of Britain ahead of the ‘D-day’ landings. A full review of this model will
appear in the next issue of BRM, meanwhile, to read about Hattons version, see page 104.
Price RRP £29.95
W www.oxforddiecast.co.uk
DAPOL CLASS 66418 PATRIOT PROJECT RAILWAY HONOUR
Dapol has produced 250 limited edition models, now on sale exclusively via Revolution Trains.
Class 66418 was named following a Remembrance Day service at Freightliner’s new depot
at Crewe on November 11, 2016. All proceeds from the sale of this model go to ABF The
Soldier’s Charity.
Price RRP £105
W www.revolutiontrains.com
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 97
97_New_models HS.indd 97 04/07/2017 11:51
THE HEREFORD ☎ 01432
SALES LINE
352809
MODEL CENTRE
Email: sales@herefordmodels.co.uk 4 COMMERCIAL ROAD, HEREFORD,
9.00am - 5.30pm Monday to Saturday
OFFICIAL HORNBY
www.herefordmodels.com HEREFORDSHIRE, HR1 2BB COLLECTORS CENTRE
R3422 Adams SR .............................£109.45 R8078 RH Express Point .....................£12.60 31-615 BR Early V3 ...........................£110.45
LIMITED EDITIONS R3423 Adams BR .............................£109.45 32-575A LMS 4MT .............................£114.70
R3499 Hall Class BR Late ...................£72.45 R8206 HORNBY
Power Track ..............................£5.95 31-728 GWR City Class......................£118.95
R3414 LNER J15 ................................£99.45 TRACK ACCESSORIES 32-353 4MT BR Green .......................£110.45
37-557Y TTA Shell Black 5169 ..............£10.85
All Weathered R3456 BR N15..................................£137.45 R076 Footbridge ...............................£15.10 32-359A 4MT BR Early ........................£110.45
37-659Z Benzole set of Three................£29.95 R3448 BR B17..................................£124.45 R169 Junction Home Signal..............£10.35 32-360A 4MT BR Late ........................£110.45
37-577W TTA Shell Black 5172 ..............£10.85 R3468 Battle of Britain .....................£144.45 R170 Junction Distant Signal............£10.35 31-635A 64xx GWR ...............................£81.55
37-675U Mobil set of Three ...................£29.95 R3406 J50 Departmental....................£78.50 R171 Single Home Signal ...................£7.95 31-638 64xx BR Green wthd................£90.05
37-711Y Pack of 3 GWR Cattle wagons .£27.20 R3405 J50 LNER ................................£78.50 R172 Single Distant Signal .................£7.95 32-176 BR Crab.................................£123.20
Non Weathered R3407 J50 BR Early ...........................£78.50 R189 Single Brick Bridge ....................£7.95 35-051 LMS Coal Tank ......................£101.95
37-711Z Pack of 3 GWR Cattle wagons .£27.20 R3445 BR W.C. Camelford ................£147.45 R406 Colour Light Signal ..................£19.00 35-052 BR Early Coal Tank ................£101.95
Weathered R3432 B12 BR Late ..........................£127.95 R537 Lineside Fencing .......................£6.95 31-014 Class 7F SDJR Black .............£125.75
37-730Z GWR Vent Vans Weathered ......£25.45 R3431 B12 BR Early .........................£127.95 R574 Trackside Accessories .............£12.95 31-015 Class 7F LMS Black ..............£125.75
R3586 Railroad Schools......................£75.99 R626 Point Underlay ...........................£4.20 31-691 Stanier Mogul ........................£135.95
Set NEW RELEASES
of Three R3521 LNER D16..............................£111.99 R636 Double Level Crossing .............£20.15
BACHMANN
32-178A LMS Crab ..............................£123.45
R638 Track Underlay ........................£10.55
DIESEL/ELECTRIC LOCOMOTIVES
31-190 BRITISH RAILWAYS Jubilee .........£140.20 R3430 TRAIN
B12 LNERPACKS & SETS
Green....................£127.95 R645 Single Level Crossing ..............£12.45
OR76DG001 Great Western Dean Goods .£88.95 R657 Girder Bridge ...........................£13.50 32-376A Class 37 Regional Railways ...£123.20
R3397 LMS Suburban Train pack......£220.25 R658 Inclined Pier Set ......................£12.65 32-762DS Virgin Class 57 Hood .............£203.95
R3302 Return from Dunkirk ..............£229.75 R659 High Level Pier Set ....................£6.95 31-266 MLV Green with yellow panel...£62.45
OXFORD/HELJAN/DJM 31-268 MLV NSE .................................£83.26
R2815 Southern Suburban Ltd ........£159.00 R660 Elevated Track Side Walls ........£18.95
R2986 Date with the Duchy ..............£179.90 31-269 MLV Jaffa ................................£83.26
OR76AR005 Adams East Kent...................£84.45
R3059 Tornado Train Pack ................£128.45 R909 HORNBY
Track Supports ..........................£8.65
31-327 CL105 BR Green......................£79.45
H1300 1361 Photo Grey ...................£122.45
CONTROL EQUIPMENT 31-535 CL105 BR Blue Power Twin .....£84.45
H1301 1361 GWR s.button ..............£122.45 R3098 BR Tornado ............................. £93.45
31-575 Windhoff MPV NWR ...............£104.00
H1302 1361 GWR .............................£122.45 30-130 Military Manoevres Set ..........£144.45 R044 Point Switch ..............................£8.45
31-576DC Windhoff MPV NWR ..............£114.00
H1303 1361 BR Early ......................£122.45 R3401 The Bristolian ........................£234.45 R046 Two Way Switch ........................£8.45
31-679 Class 85 Electric Blue.............£118.95
H1304 1361 BR Late ........................£122.45 30-165 The Thanet Flyer Set .............£152.95 R047 On/Off Switch ............................£8.45
32-389 Class 37 COLAS ....................£117.25
DJM00J94-SPI NCB J94 ...........................£99.75 30-285 The Midlander Set .................£178.45 R602 Power Connecting Clip ..............£1.65 32-680 Class 45 Blue ........................£101.95
R1180 Postal Express Set .................£124.45 R8014 Point Motor................................£6.75 32-784 Class 37 Mainline ..................£106.20
OR76AR006 AdamsHORNBY
SR .............................£84.45 R3400 Golden Arrow Pack ................£244.95 32-786 Class 37 EWS ........................£106.20
R8015 BACHMANN
Point Motor Housing ..................£3.99
HORNBY STEAM LOCOMOTIVES 32-937 Class 150 Centro ...................£127.45
R3455 GWR Star Class .....................£119.45 R3398 Lyme Regis Pack ...................£179.45 32-928 Class 150 Sprinter.................£135.95
DIESEL/ELECTRIC LOCOMOTIVES 31-088 BR Black Earl ........................£118.95
R3003 B17 Barnsley ..........................£116.45 31-363 03 BR Blue Wthd .....................£76.45
R3004 BR Serlby Hall weathered ......£116.45 R3340 BR Green 2Hal.......................£119.75 31-089 GWR Earl ..............................£118.95 31-364 03 BR Green Wthd ...................£76.45
R3004X BR Serlby Hall weathered ......£133.45 R3353 Sentinel Balfour Beatty ...........£49.45 32-085 Class 56XX BR .......................£76.45 31-365 03 BR Blue ..............................£70.50
R3371 Mallard Railroad Version ..........£74.00 R3346 Class 92 DB Schenker ..............£70.45 31-980 Standard 3MT BR ..................£110.45 32-065 Class 43 Zealous ....................£118.95
R3233 D16/3 LNER ...........................£100.95 R3161B SR 2 Bil Green.......................£120.60 31-981 Standard 3MT BR ..................£101.95 32-066 Class 43 Pegasus ...................£118.95
R3235 D16/3 British Railways ...........£100.95 R3290A BR 2 Hal Green.......................£113.90 31-782 Thirlstaine Hall ......................£114.70 32-067 Class 43 Royal Oak ................£118.95
R3276 LMS Compound .......................£66.45 R2647X CL56 BR Grey ..........................£83.95 31-783 Fountains Hall .......................£114.70 32-044 Class 20 BR Green ...................£93.45
R3229 British Monarch .....................£119.25 R3180 Tarmac Sentinel ......................£44.95 35-075 E4 LBSC ..................................£93.45 32-034A Class 20 BR Green weathered.....£97.70
R2744 Schools Blundells BR...............£84.95 R3268 Class 67 Arriva .....................£122.90 35-076 E4 Southern ............................£93.45 32-390 Class 37 Petroleum Sector ....£101.95
R2917 2800 Class BR ......................£103.99 R3283 Bagnall Shunter.......................£25.75 35-077 E4 BR Early .............................£93.45 32-981 Freightliner Class 66 .............£127.45
R3017 BR Patriot ..............................£108.50 R2962 Cl. 56 BR Grey ‘Oystermouth’ ..£96.50 35-078 E4 BR Late ..............................£93.45 32-982 DRS Class 66 ........................£127.45
R2844 Schools ‘St. Lawrence’ BR/E....£93.75 R3261 Class 08 Network ....................£84.45 31-635 GWR 64XX ...............................£72.21 32-992 Wickhams Trolley Yellow ..........£67.95
R3194 Schools ‘Epsom’ BR/E ...........£111.95 R3343 Class 08 FGW ........................£104.45 31-001 Robinson BR Late Crest ...........£94.99 32-993 Wickham Trolley Yellow ...........£67.95
R2784X Mallard Green..........................£85.00 R3342 Class 08 BR ..........................£104.45 31-002 Robinson BR Early Crest ..........£94.99 32-068 Class 43 BR Maroon ..............£127.45
R3110 61XX BR ..................................£78.45 R3373 NRM Class 71 .......................£134.95 31-003 Robinson LNER ........................£94.99
R3374 BR Blue Class 71...................£134.95 31-127 CL3000 BR ROD ....................£118.45 32-069 Class 43OBR
GAUGE
Green ................£127.45
R3074 King GWR (Stamp Collection) .£112.99
R3318 B17 Gilwell BR Early ............£121.95 R3376 BR Green Class 71 ................£134.95 31-128 BR ROD Weathered................£105.45
10D-GWR Ixion Fowler GWR ..................£220.00
R3380 J15 LNER ................................£96.90 R3477 Class 153 Regional Railways ...£86.45 31-136DC D11/2 ....................................£115.90
10D-UGR Ixion Fowler Unlined Green ....£220.00
R3381 J15 BR Early ...........................£96.90 R3483 Sentinel Crossley .....................£51.45 31-213DS Patriot BR Late ......................£201.45
We also do a selection of Limited Edition seven
R3316 Fowler 2P SDJR .....................£87.45 R3471 Class 50 NSE ........................£129.45 31-528A A2 Pearl Diver ......................£144.45
plank wagons, please ring for details
R3329 BR Late S15 ..........................£123.99 R3484 Class 08 BR Green ................£109.45 32-227B LMS 3F Jinty ...........................£72.20
R3327 SR S15 ..................................£123.99 R3485 Class 08 Laira Blue ...............£109.45 32-235 BR 3F Jinty..............................£80.70
R3325 J50 BR Early ...........................£69.45 R3585 Class 90 Intercity ....................£75.00 31-628DC Class 3F BR weathered ...........£93.20 ORDER BY TELEPHONE
R3326 J50 BR Late ............................£69.45 31-931 LMS Compound .....................£112.90 Orders taken 6 days a week
R3242A K1 BR Early ...........................£116.95 R3479 HORNBY
Class 60 DRAX TRACK
......................£134.45 31-933 BR Compound Late Crest ......£112.88
9.00am - 5.30pm
R3243B K1 BR Late ............................£116.95 31-932DC BR Compound .......................£127.75
R3395TTS A4 Mallard.............................£102.25 R083 Buffer Stop ................................£1.65 32-509 BR 5MT Early Crest ...............£104.55 Monday to Saturday
R3413 S15 Late ...............................£119.45 R207 Track Fixing Pins .......................£2.50 31-465 C Class BR ..............................£93.46 Call: 01432 352809
R3412 S15 Early...............................£119.45 R394 Hydraulic Buffer ........................£4.95 31-138 D11/2 Black Early..................£106.20
Mail Order Service
R3463 52XX BR ................................£106.45 R600 Straight .....................................£1.15 31-189 Jubilee ‘Falkland Islands’.......£113.95
R3465 LNER Class N2 ........................£82.95 R601 Double Straight .........................£1.85 32-129A Prairie BR Black ......................£72.20
R3356 BR Crosti 9F Weathered.........£104.45 R604 Curve 1st Rad............................£1.65 32-154A N Class BR Black Wthd............£99.10
R3457
R3461
SR T9 Olive Green .................£116.45
LNER L1 ................................£125.50
R605
R606
Double Curve 1st Rad................£2.05
Curve 2nd Rad. .........................£1.40
32-233
32-508
3F SDJR Blue ..........................£62.00
5MT BR Green .......................£104.55
All offers valid to
R3424 LNER Q6................................£125.45 R607 Double Curve 2nd Rad...............£1.95 32-828A Ivatt 2MT BR Green .................£89.20 31st August 17
R3425 BR Early Q6 ...........................£125.45 R608 Curve 3rd Rad. ..........................£1.65 31-626A 3F BR Black Early ....................£76.45 You must state these prices when ordering
R3411 S.R. S15 ................................£125.95 R609 Double Curve 3rd Rad. ..............£2.25 32-880 Fairburn LMS.........................£106.20 POSTAGE & PACKING RATES PER ORDER:
R3419 SR 700 Class...........................£99.45 R610 Short Straight ............................£1.10 32-882 Fairburn BR Late ...................£106.20 UK Standard .................................. £3.95
R3421 BR/E 700 Class .......................£99.45 R614 LH Diamond Crossing ................£9.25 31-461A C Class SR Black ..................£106.20 UK Insured..................................... £7.10
R3311 BR Schools Westminster........£119.45 R615 RH Diamond Crossing................£9.25 31-462A C Class BR Early...................£106.20
UK Courier Transport & Packing... £9.00
R3426 BR Late Q6 ............................£125.45 R617 Uncoupling Ramp ......................£2.60 31-433 Midland Class 1F LMS .............£81.55
R3333 BR Early Adams Radial ..........£107.95 R618 Double Isolating Rail ..................£6.85 31-434 Midland Class 1F BR ...............£81.55
Worldwide at cost. VAT free to non EC
R3334 BR Late Adams Radial ..........£107.95 R620 Railer Uncoupler ........................£4.35 31-003A Robinson LNER ......................£110.45 **Train Sets/Packs & Controllers/
R628 Half Curve 3rd Rad. ...................£1.80 31-004A Robinson BR Early .................£118.95
Handsets - Postage charged at cost**
R3335 LSWR Adams Radial ..............£107.95
R3408 GWR King Class.....................£142.25 R643 Half Curve 2nd Rad. ..................£1.20 31-435 1F BR Early .............................£81.55 PRICES SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE
R3409 BR King Class........................£142.25 R8072 LH Point ....................................£7.95 31-480 G2A LMS ...............................£101.95 ** Please allow 7 days for clearance
R8073 RH Point ....................................£7.95 31-481 G2A BR Early .........................£114.70
when paying by cheque **
R3416 J15 BR Late ............................£99.45
R3415 J15 BR Early ...........................£99.45 R8074 LH Curved Point ......................£12.60 31-119 BR Class 4MT Black ..............£135.95
PLEASE QUOTE SPECIAL PRICES
R3418 K1 BR Early ...........................£114.45 R8075 RH Curved Point ......................£12.60 32-281 BR Class K3 E/Emblem..........£118.95 WHEN YOU VISIT US.
R3417 K1 BR Late ...........................£114.45 R8076 Y Point.......................................£8.95 32-279A LNER Class K3 Black .............£118.95 Credit Cards Welcome...
R3410 King Class BR Early Blue .......£142.20 R8077 LH Express Point .....................£12.60 31-614 BR Late V3 ............................£110.45 Visa, Mastercard & Switch
98 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
p098_BRMAug17.indd 98 29/06/2017 12:53
NEW GEAR
HARBURN HAMLET HN625 ANDERSON SHELTER
AND HN640 BARRELS AND CRATES
Manufacturing cast resin details that can be instantly
added to N and OO gauge layouts is a speciality for
Harburn Hamlet. Now added to its range is an N gauge
load suitable for placing inside a wagon or alongside
WOODLAND SCENICS CW4539 DUST DABBER it over the surface. Let it mould around details, then pull a goods shed and an Anderson shelter - ideal for
Cleaning your models is made easier with Woodland Scenics’ it away and watch it remove dust. Painted surfaces aren’t positionning in back garden. Both are pre-painted and
159g tub of fluorescent-coloured gel. Put down your small damaged and it flexes to reach between handrails and safety available from Harburn Hobbies stockists.
brush and remove those tiny specks of dust from hard-to- valves with ease. Ideal for dusting model rivers, ponds and Price Barrels £6.40, Shelter £6.50
W www.harburnhobbies.co.uk
reach places without damaging handrails and lamp irons. other scale water features to restore sheen. N
Removing the product from its pot feels strange - like a jelly Price £5.25
that hasn’t quite set. Take out as much as you need, pushing W www.bachmann.co.uk
OO
SANKEY SCENICS MOTORAIL DESTINATION
BOARDS AND SIGNAGE PACK
With Motorail-orientated rolling stock from Oxford Rail and Bachmann planned to arrive with retailers next year, Sankey
Scenics is producing a range of relevant signage packs. Using research from photographs, period films and artefacts
from the National Railway Museum, a collection of signage has been brought together on a sheet to detail a British Rail OO
Motorail Terminal from the late-1960s to the 1980s. Three destination board packs are available too covering London-Perth, HEKI HK3137 FLEXIBLE ROCK
Birmingham-St.Austell and Kensington-Penzance. Fixing is recommended with Blu-Tack. FOIL SLATE SHEETS
Price £3.75 (terminal signage pack), £3.20 (rolling stock packs) Measuring 180x400mm, Heki’s plastic flexible rock
W www.sankeyscenics.co.uk sheets sold in packs of two are easily bent to form
irregular shapes. The pre-painted items offer a better
FINESCALE MODEL WORLD STATIC GRASS APPLICATORS key for painting and weathering, or alternatively use
Finescale Model World’s most popular grass applicators are capable them directly on your layout. Now in stock with Essex-
devices that can handle fibres from 1mm to 10mm in length. Their highly based model shop, Blackwells of Hawkwell. Visit its
competitive prices make them appealing for single-use applications website to see the full range from the manufacturer.
- few of us build a layout every year - whilst a 12-month Price £13.50
warranty offers peace of mind that they’ll last. Many W www.blackwells-miniatures.com
competitors’ products that offer similar results are more
expensive, so consider these if you’re looking to
get started. Simply install two AA batteries (not
OO/O
included), cover the surface to be grassed
with glue, fill the sieve with static grass,
shake and watch the fibres stand on end.
Price £25.99 (Standard), £32.99 (Maxi)
W www.finescalemodelworld.co.uk
OO GAUGEMASTER GM803 GAS LAMP AND
GM830 MODERN DOUBLE HEAD LAMP
Improve the level of detail on your platforms, railway
carparks or adjacent roads with these two packs of
intricate lighting from Gaugemaster. With three lamps
per pack, there’s a choice of era and region to choose
from. Its modern double-head adjustable height lamps
(GM830) have two detachable platform speakers,
whilst its LMS maroon ‘barley twist’ gas lamps are
BACHMANN SCENECRAFT 44-0031 WOODEN LAMP HUT AND 44-035 BICYCLE RACK height-adjustable with a choice of two different height
Now in stock with Bachmann stockists are two new additions to its Scenecraft range of buildings, bases for each lamp. Detail on the ABS-moulded
structures and lineside objects. Finding room for them isn’t a problem either - they’re both bases is fine and each light has a pre-installed LED
compact. The Wooden Lamp Hut makes a great lineside addition as a permanent way shelter ready to wire to your layout. Included with each pack
or could be positionned adjacent to a depot, goods yard, or even at the bottom of a garden as a is a small circuit board to regulate the power supply
shed. The Bicycle Rack is modern and simplistic in design - good for being placed around stations, (3-12V DC input). Gaugemaster recommend its WM2
factories and car parks. transformer. Full range available on its website.
Price Lamp Hut £7.95, Bicycle Rack £9.95 W www.bachmann.co.uk Price £13.95 per pack
W www.gaugemaster.com
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 99
99_New_Gear HS.indd 99 03/07/2017 09:15
GOODS
INWARDS REVIEWS ❘ INDUSTRIAL 1956 - PRESERVATION ❘ OO Gauge
GOLDEN VALLEY HOBBIES ‘JANUS’ 0-6-0 SHUNTER
I was delighted when Golden Valley Hobbies of livery details and lettering is sharp, particularly
announced in November 2015 that it had good are the filler gauges on the right-hand end of the
commissioned Oxford Rail to produce a model skirting. The cabside plates are printed in red and
of the Yorkshire Engine Company ‘Janus’ gold, and would benefit from aftermarket etched
0-6-0 diesel; an extremely useful prototype plates. The BTH Co. (supplier of electrical
for anyone interested in steelworks equipment on the Janus) plates below the
although their operations spread to other bonnet grille are neatly tampo printed, as are
industrial users. The first product to hit the Yorkshire Engine Co. plates at the top of
the shelves will be this National Coal the bonnet. Behind the makers plate is a raised
Board liveried model. cowling around the radiator filler cap. This
stands a little higher than photographs of the
FIRST IMPRESSIONS real locomotive show, although others show it
Oxford Rail seems to target a well-priced with virtually no raised edge around the cavity.
product for the retailer and consumer, and One of the weakest aspects, for me, are the soft
the ‘Janus’ meets that expectation with an RRP of plastic handrails. Undoubtedly this means they are
£89.99. There is a simplicity of design to the model, less likely to be damaged with handling, but with the
but the important thing is that it looks like what it Inside the cab yields a little drawback that there is some distortion and some fail to
purports to be. It’s very much an industrial design, not detail with an impression of stand vertically. There are variations in handrails from
the control desk and levers.
pretty but with certain charms and small enough to one example of a Janus to another, as to be expected in
appeal to anyone with a little space for an industrial private usage, and it wouldn’t be reasonable to presume
line on their layout. Oxford to replicate these.
This model depicts NCB No. 6 Roger H. Bennett The cab interior is nicely modelled with painted
The name was only acquired in 2007, so is only parts and notices around the central control panel. It
appropriate for later usage. In preservation, the will be necessary to amputate a crew below the waist
locomotive carries a darker shade of blue, as it did
FACT FILE to be accommodated above the raised floor. Fore and
❘ MODEL GV2012 - National
during its working life. I regularly used to see the aft of the cab are the exhausts with very neat movable
Coal Board Janus 0-6-0
locomotive from the school bus during the 1970s and ❘ PRICE RRP £89.99 and posable circular rain covers. Although the bonnet
80s. On a dull day it would appear almost black, so I ❘ WORDS AND inspection panel latches are moulded the rest of the
feel the shade of the model is too light. The density PHOTOGRAPHS moulded detail to the louvres and grilles is very good.
Andy York
of the paint applications is good and the application The bolt heads on the bufferbeams on the prototype
100 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
100_Review Janus HS.indd 100 04/07/2017 11:54
are fairly large and prominent. Here the model That’s not always a good thing, but in this case I
is a little lacking. The buffers are not sprung and think it is perfectly acceptable. It has kept the price
the tension lock coupling protrudes through an of a niche product down to a respectable level
opening in the bufferbeam. It would have been nice and it provides the modeller with plenty of easy
to have included a ‘clip in’ dummy filler for this opportunities to carry out further detailing and
hole, as Bachmann did with its Class 03 and Hornby enhancements.
with its Sentinel. The lifting eyes on the corners of Compromises have been made on minor points
the bufferbeam are really well captured, though. and there have been some omissions, but I would buy
Beneath the running plate the cylinders, piping one like a shot. Perhaps two, in fact – one for colliery
and sandboxes are represented and the wheels and operations and one for my steelworks. ■
braking gear are well captured.
TRACK TESTING datafile
The ‘Janus’ benefits from a 5-pole motor and an
11mm diameter brass flywheel; the performance i BASICS
is smooth, quiet and strong, with the capability to Manufacturer: Oxford Rail
haul a full-length train. The model has a respectable Catalogue Refs:
GV2012 - National Coal Board Janus
mass of 155g, with a die-cast running plate and
GV2013 - British Steel No. 5 Janus
metal chassis. There are wiper contacts to all six GV2014 - BP Janus
wheels with a gear tower above the rear axle. The GV 2015 - Port of London No. 201 Janus
drive from the motor to the gear tower is via a short RRP: £89.99
cardan shaft. Gauge/scale: 16.5mm gauge, 1:76 scale OO
Era: 5 to 9
INSIDE Company/Operator: Industrial Private Owners
Body removal is relatively straightforward; remove Weight: 155g
Body: Plastic
the tension lock couplings from their NEM mount
Chassis: Die-cast metal and plastic
and remove the four screws at the corner of the Minimum Curve Radius: 438mm (R2)
chassis. There is an 8-pin decoder socket above the Wheel Profile: RP25
circuit board at one end with space beneath the Couplings: NEM mounted tension lock
circuit board for a sugar cube speaker. It is worth Accessories: Cosmetic screw couplings
noting that Legomanbiffo has an excellent sound file
on an ESU sound decoder available.
A view from above is cruel
to the straightness of the
ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL
To access the inside of the cab unclip the plastic handrails, but panel and Power System: 12V DC
exhaust detail is still good. Motor: 5-pole
handrails and squeeze and lift the centre cab section. It
DCC Provision: 8-pin socket
separates easily, then it is necessary to take a thin blade
Pick-ups: Brass wipers to wheel backs
to remove the base of the cab from the interior. Lighting: None
You can now see how good the cab decoration is. Drive System: Shaft drive to gear tower
Flywheel: Brass 11mm cylinder
OPINION Traction tyres: None
I have felt with Oxford Rail products so far that there
has been a ‘near enough is good enough’ approach. SERVICING
Body Removal: Remove couplings and four screws in
chassis
Lubrication: Access to lubrication points without body
removal
Packaging: Plastic blister tray with cardboard outer.
Instructions: Exploded diagram sheet for maintenance
Spares/warranty: goldenvalleyhobbies.com
VITAL STATISTICS
Dimension Model 1:76 Model +/-
Length (over buffers) 117mm - - 0
Height (pan down) 47mm - - 0
Width 34mm - - 0
Wheel diameter 14.5mm - - 0
Wheelbase 14.6-14.7 - - 0
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 101
100_Review Janus HS.indd 101 04/07/2017 11:55
PROTOTYPE INSPIRATION
SERVICE HISTORY: JANUS 0-6-0
Jonathan Loughlin offers a condensed history of these powerful diesel-electric
locomotives that served industrial railways for over 50 years.
T
he Janus 0-6-0 diesel-electric steelworks, bought the Yorkshire Engine Not all locomotives built were destined for
locomotive was produced by the Company after World War II - a buyout British soil - one ventured to Jamaica and
Yorkshire Engine Company from which ensured a constant supply of two to India to serve the Indian Fertilizer
1956 to 1965. Due to the almost symmetrical locomotives to the industry. Corporation. Those destined for India were
nature of its design, the manufacturer Janus locomotives operated in other unique because they were produced to the
named the locomotive 'Janus', after the two- industrial fields too - Imperial Chemical gauge of 3ft 3 3/8", making them the only
headed roman god. Industries operated 12 locomotives, with the two narrow gauge Janus’ produced.
The two Rolls-Royce engines used in the National Coal board adopting seven. The By 2016, the final locomotives in active
majority of the Janus shunters produced a Port of London Authority also purchased service with British Steel were retired and
combined power output of 400hp with a ten of these 0-6-0 diesels. These were used replaced with younger and more reliable
top speed of 23 miles per hour. In total, 102 to replace the many steam locomotives that German-made Di8 locomotives. A total
locomotives were built, with 23 members worked the 95 miles of dock lines stretching of seven Janus’ survive across the country
still working in industrial service in 2008. along the river Thames. in preservation. ■
This is the arena in which the Janus shunters Due to the variety of companies using
were designed to work, with the Yorkshire Janus locomotives there were a plethora
Engine Company turning out locomotives
for numerous industries.
The majority of Janus’ were used on lines
of liveries in which the locomotives could
be seen operating, offering a great choice
for modellers. One of the most obscure
Like this?
Discover more about the prototype. An interesting early
owned by the British Steel industry. The colour schemes was that adopted by British example built in 1958, Stanton 50, can be found at the
Stainmore Railway Company. For more information
link to the steel industry is because the Petroleum. This livery consisted of a garish about Stanton 50 and the other locomotives they have
United Steel Company, owner of Rotherham, sky blue with a British Petroleum logo preserved visit www.kirkbystepheneast.co.uk
Appleby-Frodingham and Socksbridge emblazoned on the cab sides.
102 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
102_Prototype Janus HS.indd 102 30/06/2017 09:22
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 103
p103_BRMAug17.indd 103 29/06/2017 12:56
GOODS
INWARDS REVIEWS ❘ 1943 - PRESENT ❘ OO Gauge
HATTON’S MODEL RAILWAYS 50T WARWELL
With stanchions, without or with raised platform - the choice is yours.
Note too livery variations subject to era - well executed.
The Warwell wagon was designed by the Ministry
of Supply (MoS) during WW2 for one very specific
purpose, to transport the USA’s Sherman tank around
Britain’s rail network ahead of Operation Overlord.
The size of the Sherman tank and our loading gauge
meant it was necessary to accommodate the vehicle
within a lowered well between the bogies. Two
hundred wagons were built for the MoS by Gloucester
Carriage & Wagon Co. (100), Head Wrightson
(75) and the Southern Railway (25). The military Hatton’s Warwell wagon is
retained many wagons after the war, but a number available in a number of The
different guises. The chassis
were sold to the LMS and have seen adaptation and and body are made from military
modification to produce a significant amount of diecast metal adding to the versions feature a
variety in the wagon’s form. For such a task-specific quality and sturdiness of cradle from the bufferbeam to
this product.
design it ultimately had an operational lifespan of 75 mount the screw jack used to stabilise the
years, and so it will be of interest to modellers of the wagons during loading. Under magnification this jack
contemporary railway too. looks good enough to turn!
FIRST IMPRESSIONS VARIETY
The initial impact is the 90g weight of the wagon. The Hatton’s is to be commended, not just for recognising
chassis and body is a die-cast metal, which gives it a the variations within the life of the wagons, but for
feel of sturdiness. The definition of detail is very good, accurately reproducing these variations. As built, the
with textured planking on the deck, bolt and plate Warwell had diamond frame bogies, which are nicely
detail, securing eyes for chains or straps and ridged portrayed including the sloping axlebox covers and a
grips for vehicles on the sloping surfaces forming the good depth to the recess for the springs. From the late
drop of the well. The sides of the wagon have accurate 1970s, the remaining military wagons had replacement
detail to the recessed areas, with raised plates where Gloucester plate bogies, which are well captured on the
necessary for wagon and information notices. appropriate models.
Naturally, the modeller will turn this wagon over The earlier models feature the original style of buffer
to look underneath. The strengthening angle irons housing and the OCEM buffers with the levelled-
are there with bolts and even the textured wooden off top to allow the bridging plates and ramps to be
planking has its underside modelled in the central used for driving vehicles along the length of the train
area. Brake gear, piping and cylinders are modelled whilst loading. Later models have replacement buffer
too. Only the framework for the model’s bogies housings and oval buffers. Each style of buffer is
is simplified, but the level of detail elsewhere on FACT FILE sprung on the models.
the underside draws attention to the necessary ❘ MODEL Hattons Model The early models are available in War Department
Railways 50T Warwell
compromises. It is advisable to remove the leading livery and LMS, LNER and GWR-loaned liveries
❘ PRICE RRP £33.00
wheelset from the bogie to remove the tension lock ❘ WORDS AND through the BR years in Gulf Red and BR Grey and
coupling if so desired. A detailing pack includes PHOTOGRAPHS later WD olive green liveries to the present day.
screwlink couplings in hung and hooked form and Andy York Our review samples included two models showing
brake pipes for use as required. different uses; one with a planked level deck and one
104 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
102_Review Hattons Warwell HS.indd 104 04/07/2017 11:59
Watch more...
Above, below and from the
side, this wagon hosts superb
rivet detail from every angle.
Underneath, brake reservoirs
and associated pipework are
fully represented, despite being
mostly hidden when on the rails.
with bolsters for carrying rails or steel sections.
The latter is available in three BR liveries – bauxite,
black with S&T markings and olive green with
Electrification branding. These surplus wagons
correctly have the screw jacks and their mountings
removed. There is also an ‘un-bolstered’ BR Engineers
yellow model available, and this could form an
excellent base for modellers to make one of the more
unusual wagons that have graced the network with
mounted cranes or inspection platforms.
All the wagons are priced at £33 apart from the datafile
weathered versions, which are £37. The weathered
sample provided of the later WD style features light
i BASICS
Manufacturer: Hattons Model Railways
weathering to the sides and bogies with a little more
Catalogue Refs:
grime on the top surface and subtly captures evidence H4-WW-005 Hatton’s Warwell wagon 50t with diamond
of vehicle movement over the wagon. frame bogies MODA95534 in MOD 1970s olive.
In all, there are twenty different wagons available on H4-WW-009 Hatton’s Warwell wagon 50t with diamond
Hatton’s website and a guide to the eras each wagon is frame bogies DM721227 in BR Olive green with
suitable for is shown on Hatton’s topic for the Warwell ELECTRIFICATION branding and steel/rail carriers.
wagons on RMweb; just search for Hatton’s Warwell. H4-WW-012 Hatton’s Warwell wagon 50t with diamond
frame bogies DM748316 in BR brown with bolster deck
conversion.
OPINION H4-WW-015 Hatton’s Warwell wagon 50t with Gloucester
I can’t recall another product that has had so many GPS bogies MODA95512 in MOD 1970s olive – weathered
variations produced at the time of release. Of note - £37.00
is that Hatton’s announced this product in October RRP: £33.00 each
2016 and we now have a finished product ready to Gauge/scale: 16.5mm gauge, 1:76 scale OO
despatch; well ahead of their initially quoted delivery Era: 3 to 9
Company/Operator: WD/LMS/LNER/GW/BR
dates. Although I am not an O gauge modeller I will be
Region: All
very interested to see Hatton’s forthcoming 7mm scale Weight: 90g
model. Impressive all round! ■ Body and chassis: Die-cast metal
Accessories: Cosmetic screw link and couplings in lowered
and hooked form, brake pipes.
VITAL STATISTICS
Dimension 1:1 1:76 Model +/-
Length (over buffers) 47’ 0”” 191mm 190mm 0
Width 8’ 3” 33mm 33mm 0
Wheel diameter 2’ 9” 11mm 11mm 0
Wheel Back-to-Backs 14.4 to
14.5 mm
■
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 105
102_Review Hattons Warwell HS.indd 105 07/07/2017 16:57
NEW MODELS ❘ BOOKS NEW BOOKS
VARIOUS – AMBERLEY
Our chums at Amberley have a quartet of new titles this month. We begin with ‘Southern book ‘West Midlands Traction’ dispenses with any vestige of steam nostalgia and is a real
Region through the 1950s’ by Michael Hymans. A largely monochrome affair, the book boon for diesel fans, with colour photos throughout. The West Midlands region was not just a
pictorially charts the themes and events that took place in the Southern Region during this hub for passenger transport, but was a centre for freight traffic too. Hence a mix of shunters
momentous decade. The 1955 Modernisation Plan being among them, of course, but also amid the usual blue and yellow faces. Finally, we have ‘The London, Midland and Scottish
the continued rise of car ownership and the increases in road haulage. The beginning of the Railway: Volume Five – the London and Birmingham Railway’ by Stanley C. Jenkins and
end for steam, perhaps, but a fascinating story nonetheless. ‘Britain’s Railways in Transition Martin Loader. As the title suggests, there’s more to this story of the ‘Eighth Wonder of the
1965-75: All Change’ by John Evans expands the motif on a wider scale, as steam engines World’ than is covered in this single book. It stands up well in its own regard, however, with
and early diesels faded from view and a new fleet of cleaner and more efficient locomotives an informative introduction and captions, and a good mix of colour and vintage photos, and
came to prominence. For all that, Evans’ colour photos still capture some of the old guard railway ephemera.
mixing with the new. Meanwhile, punchy chapters with entertaining headings such as ‘Where Price £14.99
Have all the Spotters Gone’ ensure this is a breezy and informative read. Andrew Cole’s W www.amberley-books.com
SCOTTISH STEAM’S FINAL FLING LASER CUTTING AND 3-D PRINTING FOR
– EXTRACTS FROM A TEENAGER’S RAILWAY MODELLERS
NOTEBOOK A trip to any model railway event of even modest
Such is the monthly deluge of new titles that size shows a great number of laser-cut or 3-D
Keith Widdowson’s amiable book was somewhat printed parts and accessories on sale. In tandem,
overlooked until recently. A small wonder that the technology required to create such items has
the book was ever written at all, though, since never been cheaper or more accessible. Bob
the author lived over 300 miles away from Gledhill’s book is both timely and useful, with clear
his intended subject as a lad. And yet he still images and pleasingly non-technical instructions that
managed a good many trips over the border help to demystify what might otherwise be a fairly
to capture it – over 4000 miles were covered, difficult subject. The techniques detailed within won’t
we’re told. The result is a tale of missed necessarily speed up your modelling – one chap tells
connections, poor time-keeping and an appealing us that he now spends as much time dabbling with
enthusiasm that has plainly not waned over the CAD files as he did making more traditional models –
years. Widdowson is also to be saluted for his however, this book is a great place to start for anyone
excellent record-keeping, as the book includes with any interest in exploring this side of the hobby.
several excerpts from his trainspotting diary, lists Price £18.99
of journeys taken and assorted souvenirs of his W www.crowood.com
youthful forays. An engaging, informative and
entertaining slice of railway nostalgia.
Price £13.95
W www.thehistorypress.co.uk
BRITAIN’S 100 BEST RAILWAY STATIONS
Historian Simon Jenkins’ book is somewhat more substantial than its slick production values, coffee table proportions and
provocative name suggest – 100 ‘best’ of anything is surely a subjective list. Quirkier and less obvious stations nestle among
the usual crowd-pleasers, each being rated out of five stars and many accompanied by stunning colour photography, and all are
detailed in terms of their history, architecture, location and importance. By no means a scholarly tome, the text doesn’t overstay
its welcome, delivering the facts and figures briskly while allowing the aforementioned imagery the space to do much of the
talking. A great book for railway converts and students of British architectural heritage alike. Now, about that price tag…
Price £25
W www.penguin.co.uk
106 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
106_New Books HS.indd 106 26/06/2017 11:45
WE WANT
YOUR www.world-of-railways.co.uk
Model
Railways SUBSCRIBE
to our great magazines
Competitions
We will buy
almost any Railway
UK Model Shop Guide
Collection, large or small. Sign up to our monthly
All gauges will be taken, in any
condition. We always give an honest e-newsletters
price and will collect and dismantle any layout.
Events Directory
Telephone: 01302 371623
Mobile: 07526 768178 Buy single
or email: anoraksanonymous@googlemail.com issues Show tickets
Tel: 02380 610100 www.acmodelseastleigh.co.uk
Your one stop shop for the model enthusiast, selling
brand new and near-new model trains, slotcars,
sets and diecast toys at very special prices direct from
our website or our shop in Eastleigh.
We stock Hornby, Bachmann, Airfix, Scalextric, Lilliput,
Spectrum etc and much more.
Both shops are closed on Wednesdays and Sundays From the publishers of
Gift vouchers available
WE HAVE EXPANDED TO NO9 HIGH STREET
New Radio Control Department,
Spares Department and Games Workshop now at No.7
www.acmodelsspares.co.uk
7 High Street, Eastleigh, Hants, SO50 5LB
email: info@acmodelseastleigh.co.uk
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 107
WOR HP V.indd 1 04/07/2017 09:07
p107_BRMAug17.indd 107 04/07/2017 09:12
BE INSPIRED AT PETERBOROUGH’S
RAILWAY MODELLING EXHIBITION
14TH - 15TH OCTOBER
EAST OF ENGLAND ARENA
PETERBOROUGH, PE2 6XE
SATURDAY 10am - 5pm
SUNDAY 10am - 4pm
BOOK IN ADVANCE & RECEIVE 100+ QUALITY TRADERS
√ Early entry (doors open 9:30am) LIVE EXPERT DEMOS
√ Discounted ticket price
EXCITING WORKSHOPS
√ FREE Showguide
√ Entry to FREE prize draw to win 30+ OUTSTANDING LAYOUTS
INCLUDING... The Clydach Railway - 009
a subscription* 82G - O Tri-ang 60th Anniversary - TT
Copenhagen Fields - 2mm FS Wellbridge - OO
Whiteleaf Light Railway - G
PRE-BOOKED TICKETS: Dovington Camp - OO
Hartshill Bank - N Woodcroft - EM
Klinkerhofen - O
ADULTS: £9.00 Peafore Yard - OO-SF
Salz ÖBB- HO
CHILD (5-16): £5.00
subscribers
0844 581 4904 Just £8.00
MODEL-RAILWAY-SHOWS.CO.UK
Calls are charged at standard local rate. Fee applies for postal tickets. E-tickets are free of charge. *Terms apply
When booked
in advance!
Exhibitions.indd 1
Peterborough Railways - FP - Master - NEW.indd 1 29/06/2017
28/06/2017 13:00
11:17
Model events
at Locomotion
The National Railways Museum, Shildon DL4 1PQ
10.00am to 5.00pm
cts
Produ s
t p r ic e
a
t o be
not
m is s e d!
UE TO
Y E A R A R E CANCELLED D
IS
TOY FAIRS TH TMAS
ALL FURTHER IN T S IN M U S EUM AT CHRIS
RA
SPACE CONST Pro ducts
at Prices
Not to be
Modelmania Missed!
5thSat
Toy Fair & 30th
6th August n 1st
April, Sun
& Mon 2nd May 2016
Steam Gala 16th & 17th September
Model Railway Exhibition Sat & Sun
4th & 5th June 2016
Model Railway Exhibition
LNER Event
7th & 23rd-31st July 2016
8th October
Nearest Railways Station – Shildon 100 yds. On Arriva Bus Routes
Café Café
Disable AccessAccess
Disabled Free Entry
Entryand
by Free Parking
donation
Diecast Model Railways Collectables
For event and trading information
Contact: Stuart 01535 642367 or Laurence 07966 333605
Promoted by Tri-angman and Pennine Models on behalf of Locomotion
Pennine Event.indd 1 08/06/2017 14:29
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 109
p109_BRMAug17.indd 109 29/06/2017 13:04
EVENT DIARY ❘ AUGUST 2017
îEVENTS
Opening Times: Sunday 1000 - 1530
Prices: Admission £2.00
T: 01823 480097
AUGUST 19
Ray Heard Train & Toy Fair - Exeter
Exeter Matford Centre, Matford Park Road
Matford Business Park Marsh Barton
Trading Estate Exeter, Devon EX2 8FD
Opening Times: Saturday 1000 - 1530
Prices: Admission £2.00
T: 01823 480097
SEPTEMBER 02 - SEPTEMBER 03 Joe Lock Toy & Train Fairs - Bluebell
EXHIBITIONS The Heart of the Midlands Model Railway Horsted Keynes Station, Station AUGUST 20
Railway Exhibition Loughborough Approach, Horsted Keynes, Haywards SRP Toy Fairs - Orpington Crofton Halls,
Grammar School, Leicester Road, Heath, West Sussex RH17 7BB Station Road, Orpington, Kent BR6 8PR
JULY 30 - JULY 31 Loughborough LE11 2DU T: 07866 641215 Opening Times: Sunday 1000 - 1400
Thirsk Model Railway Exhibition Opening Times: Saturday 1000 - 1700 Prices: Adult £2.00
Opening Times: Sunday 1030 - 1630 Sunday 1000 - 1600 Prices: Adult £8.00 JULY 30 Child Free
Prices: Adults £4.00 Children £2.00 Concession £7.00 Child £4.00 SRP Toy Fairs - Rayleigh Sweyne Park T: 0773 9998012
Family £10.00 (2+2) Family £20.00 (2+3) School, Sir Walter Raleigh Drive, Rayleigh,
T: 07766697708 W: Expo-Thirsk.co.uk Essex SS6 9BZ AUGUST 28
SEPTEMBER 09 - SEPTEMBER 10 Opening Times: Sunday 1000 - 1400 Toy & Train Fair - Bridgnorth Leisure
AUGUST 05 The International N Gauge Show Prices: Adult £2.00 Child Free Centre, High Town, Bridgnorth, WV16 4ER
Pennine Model Railway 25th Warwickshire Exhibition Centre, Fosse T: 0773 9998012 Opening Times: Monday 1030 - 1500
Anniversary St Phillips Community Way, Nr Leamington Spa, CV31 1XN Prices: Admission £2.00
Centre, Briarlyn Road, Huddersfield HD3 Opening Times: Saturday 1000 - 1700 AUGUST 05 - AUGUST 06 T: 01270 652773 Tony Oakes
3NL Opening Times: Sat 1000 - 1700 Sunday 1000 - 1600 Modelmania at Locomotion - The
Prices: Online Adult £10.00 National Railways Museum, Shildon,
Prices: Adult £4.50 Under 16 Free
Senior £9.00 Child 5-14 £4.50 Shildon, Co Durham DL4 1PQ The Model Railway Shop
Door Adult £10.50 Senior £9.50 Opening Times: Saturday Sunday • Unique and Generous Part-Exchange Service
AUGUST 05 - AUGUST 06 - Honest Prices Paid on your Exchange Goods
Model Railway plus Tinkers Park, Main Child 5-14 £5.00 T: 01926 614101 T: 01535 642367
• Free Servicing - Only Parts Chargeable
W: www.ngaugeshow.co.uk
Road, Hadlow Down, Uckfield, East • Stockists of New, Used, Hard to Find
AUGUST 06
Sussex TN22 4HS and Unusual Items
SEPTEMBER 10 Ray Heard Train & Toy Fair - Newton Address: 30 Station Lane, Featherstone,
Opening Times: Sat/Sun 1000 - 1700
The White Horse Model Engineering Abbott Racecourse, Newton Road, Ponteract, West Yorkshire, WF7 5BE
Prices: Adult £6.00 Child £2.00 & Garden Railway Show White Horse Kingsteignton, Newton Abbot, TQ12 3AF Helpline: 01977 706730/07940 368316
Country Park, Westbury, Wilts. BA13 4LX Email: modelrailwayshop@hotmail.co.uk
29th Southwold Model Railway Opening Times: Sunday 1000 - 1600
Exhibition Saint Felix School, Halesworth Prices: Adult £5.00 Under 16 Free
Road, Southwold, Suffolk IP18 6SD T: 01926 614101
Opening Times: Saturday 1000 - 1700 W: www.ngaugeshow.co.uk
Sunday 1000 - 1630 Prices: Adult £7.00
12-17 £3.00 Under 12 Free
T: 01502 581452 OTHER EVENTS
AUGUST 19 - AUGUST 20
Carnforth Station Model Railway AUGUST 12
Weekend Carnforth Heritage Centre, The East Anglian Garden Railway
Carnforth Station, Warton Road, Show Steam & Gardens, Low Road,
Carnforth, Lancashire LA5 9TR Bressingham, Diss, Norfolk IP22 2AA
Opening Times: Sat/Sun 1000 - 1600 Opening Times: Saturday
Prices: Adult £2.00 Children Free T: 01379 686900
T: 07967 743126
W: Model Railway Exhibition AUGUST 12 - AUGUST 13
Ecclesbourne Valley Railway Diesel
Locomotive Weekend Wirksworth
Station, Coldwell Street, Wirksworth,
CONTACT US Matlock, Derbyshire DE4 4FB
Opening Times: Saturday / Sunday
DIARY DATES are now ONLINE! T: 01629 823076
As of the December 2016 issue cks
TRAIN & TOY FAIRS e Tra SOUTHWOLD
of BRM, only a select number of k
Events will be listed within the Ma for
magazine. For an extensive list
of all Diary Dates please visit our
JULY 23
SRP Toy Fairs - Orpington Crofton Halls, MODEL RAILWAY EXHIBITION
website at the address below. Station Road, Orpington, Kent BR6 8PR
Opening Times: Sunday 1000 - 1400
Saint Felix School, IP18 6SD
Prices: Adult £2.00 Child Free Sat 5th (1000 - 1700) & Sun 6th (1000 - 1630) Aug 2017
www.brmm.ag/brmevents T: 0773 9998012 20 Layouts in the main scales and gauges, Traders, Demonstrators, etc
WEBSITE JULY 25 Live-steam including Train & Traction Engine rides
Enter your event on our website SRP Toy Fairs - Tonbridge The Angel
Centre Angel Lane Tonbridge Kent
Light Refreshments, Free Car Parking,
www.world-of-railways.co.uk TN9 1SF Access for Wheelchairs to all exhibits
Closing date for the October issue Opening Times: Tuesday 1800 - 2000
Prices: Adult £2.00 Child Free Charity Raffle supporting East Anglian Air Ambulance
is August 10
T: 0773 9998012 & East Anglian Children’s Hospices
Suitable for disabled visitors. Admission - Ages 18+ £7.00, 12 -17 £3.00, Up to 11 Yrs - Free
JULY 29 - JULY 30
u
110 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
DiaryDates_Aug 2017.indd 110 03/07/2017 11:18
WE SELL ALL MAKES, MODELS AND ACCESSORIES
MODEL TRAINS & ACCESSORIES
Also Die Cast - Radio Controlled - Toys - etc
T: 01327 439736 M: 07961 757094
Home: 01604 830722 (after 18.30 hrs)
Email: jonathan18r@sky.com
...totally N Gauge
www.therailwayconductor.co.uk
Unit 2, The Old Dairy Craft Centre, Upper Stowe, Nr Weedon off A5,
Northamptonshire NN7 4SH
... and more!
Saturday 9th
SHOP OPEN NEW AND USED
& Sunday 10th
7 DAYS A WEEK 00 GAUGE & N GAUGE September 2017
• Mon to Fri 10.30-17.30 & OTHR GAUGES SOLD
• Sat 10.30-17.30 • Sun 11.00-16.00 TOP PRICES PAID FOR USED
Saturday: 10am – 5pm
out of hours please call
ITEMS ON COLLECTION Sunday: 10am – 4pm
mobile or home - thanks
Last admission 1 hour before closing
Mail order available by phone or visit us online.
All major credit and debit cards accepted.
Warwickshire
We accept PayPal
through Supported by Exhibition Centre
Fosse Way, Nr Leamington Spa, CV31 1XN
our online shop. On the junction of the A425/B4455
We now do repairs and servicing and we build layouts FREE PARKING
Over 30 layouts on
show... Modern,
RailwayConductor.indd 1 21/06/2017 15:30
Steam, American,
and Continental
...the best of
N Gauge.
Meridienne Exhibitions LTD
@MeridienneEx
See over 40 major
manufacturers and specialist
suppliers showcasing all the
latest models and products
in one place.
BOOK YOUR
TICKETS NOW
ADMISSION ONLINE FULL PRICE * Tickets are available via our website at
PRICES TICKETS* TICKETS** discounted prices.
Adult £10.00 £10.50 ** Full price tickets are available on the
Senior Citizen £9.00 £9.50 day from the tickets office.
Child (5-14 yrs) £4.50 £5.00 Please call SEE Tickets on 0871 3861118
if you would like to book a ticket by
FREE SHOW GUIDE phone. Calls cost 13p per minute plus
network extra’s.
Exhibition Link Bus on Saturday 9th only Please see our website for full details.
GROUP DISCOUNTS: 10+ enter code GRP10 on website.
www.ngaugeshow.co.uk Tel: 01926 614101
Organised by Meridienne Exhibitions Ltd
All information subject to change, correct at time of printing.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 111
p111_BRMAug17.indd 111 04/07/2017 09:11
LASISDCC CHIPS
IN STOCK
LAYOUT BUILDING SUPPLIES
Seafoam trees, Foliage / Lichen and Scatters
25 & 50mm Rubberised Horsehair
Teddy Bear Fur for grass and embankments
Plaster Bandage, LasisDCC Chips
Wire, Connectors, Switches for both
DCC & Conventional wiring. DCC wiring kits
Modelling Card compatible with Scalescenes Kits
Call: 07766 697708 • Email: sales@cm3models.co.uk
www.cm3models.co.uk
egaPoints
Controllers
1. Connect 2. Plug in
switches servos
3.
Connect
power
Control your layout from one
or more mimic panels using
just a single cable.
See the videos on
our web site. 4. Start using!
Size 7cm x 7cm
Rev: 16-03
112 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
p112_BRMAug17.indd 112 29/06/2017 13:36
p113_BRMAug17.indd 1 29/06/2017 13:37
djmodels.co.uk
Want an N gauge Class 92? Want the detail?
The running? From a manufacturer with a proven
track record? All for a £30.00 deposit?
Join the crowdfunding initiative on our website and
be a proud owner of an exclusive model soon!
Want an accurately
modelled N gauge
GWR King Class
steam locomotive?
Join the DJM
crowdfunding initiative
today and get your
exclusive model at a
never to be repeated
price and become
part of history.
Order yours via the
DJM website
djmodels.co.uk
“Its the little things we do”
With over 25 years experience of Airbrush Artwork.
We are a model locomotive weather service with a difference.
Using oil paints, pigments, resin, technical pencil, graphite &
watercolours we give a unique finish to our complete weathering
service.
Our pick n mix is a firm favourite so you can customize your loco
whether it is for a basic weathering, with a bit of grime or a full
weathering service with a choice of ten customised looks to choose
from including:
• Greasy buffers • Dirty buffers
• Water overspill • Oil overspill
• Smoke box ash • Diesel exhaust pigment
“Thank you GC Weathering for renumbering/renaming my class 47 to
“FAIR ROSAMUND” for me. The weathering is as good as I expected after looking at the
galleries on your website. there will be more 37’s, 47’s and 56’s coming your way
for similar work to be done in the near future. Very happy!”. Mr Williams, South Wales
Is your layout your pride & joy?
Why not email it over today and show the world...
Tel: 01279 817433 Mob: 07445 161654
Email: workshop@gclocoweathering.co.uk
www.gclocoweathering.co.uk
114 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
gc_weathering.indd 1 08/06/2017 10:19
p114_BRMAug17.indd 114 29/06/2017 13:41
SQUIRES
MODEL & CRAFT TOOLS
100 London Rd, Bognor Regis, West Sussex PO21 1DD
Tel 01243 842424, Fax 01243 842525
Email sales@squirestools.com www.squirestools.com
Open Tues - Sat 10am-5pm • Closed Mon & Sun Squires will be exhibiting at the following shows in 2017 –
Diary updated as bookings are confirmed.
July 29/30 - NORTH SHIELDS RAILEX NORTH EAST, John Spence Community High
School, Preston Road, North Shields. Tyne & Wear. NE29 9PU Sat 10 - 5, Sunday 10 - 4.30.
Aug 5/6 SOUTHWOLD Waveney Valley Model Railway Exh, St Felix School, Southwold, IP18 6SD
Sat 10 - 5pm Sun 10-4.30pm. **Plenty of FREE Parking.**
Aug 12 BEXHILL, Model Railway Exhibition, St Richards Catholic College, Ashdown Road, Bexhill-on-
Sea, East Sussex TN40 1SE Sat 10 - 5pm. *Plenty of FREE Car Parking on site*
Aug 12/13 - SKIPTON Model Railway Exhibition, Skipton Academy (Formerly Aireville School)
Gargrave Road, Skipton, BD23 1UQ, Sat 10 - 5, Sun 10 - 4. www.skiptonrailsoc.org.uk
Sept 2/3 - TELFORD GUILDEX 2017, O Gauge Exhibition and Trade Show, The Telford
Exhibition Centre, St. Quentin Gate, Telford, TF3 4JH, Saturday 10 - 5, Sunday 10 - 4.
Coming to Telford??? - Why not try Sunday??? - the show is less busy - see more of the
layouts AND a lot easier to get to our stand!!! :-)
Sept 9/10 - SWINDON Railway Festival STEAM Museum of the Great Western Railway,
Fire Fly Avenue, Swindon, SN2 2EY Sat/Sun 10 - 5 Tel 01793 466646, Email enquiries:
steammuseum@swindon.gov.uk
Sept 16/17 - AYR Model Railway Exhibition The Citadel Leisure Centre, Ayr. KA7 1JB.
*Modern Venue with easy access & FREE car parking.* Sat 10-5/Sun 10-4
Sept 16/17 - SHILDON Autumn Steam Gala Loco Museum, Shildon DL4 1PQ Sat/Sun 10-5pm.
*Free Car Parking and Free Entry to Museum and Exhibition - Yes that’s Free Entry!*
Sept 23/24 - HALIFAX M/Rail Ex, North Bridge Leisure Centre, Halifax, HX1 1XH. Sat/Sun 10-5.
Sept 23/24 - WORTHING Model Railway Exhibition, Durrington High School, The Boulevard,
Durrington, Worthing, West Sussex. BN13 1LA Sat 10-5, Sun 10-4 *Pleanty of FREE Parking*
Oct 7/8 SHILDON, Model Railway Exh, Locomotion Museum, Shildon DL4 1PQ Sat/Sun 10 - 5
*Free Car Parking and Free Entry to Museum and Exhibition - Yes that’s Free Entry!!!!!* :-)
Oct 7/8 - FAREHAM Fareham & District Model Railway Exhibition, Fareham Leisure Centre, Park
Lane, Fareham, Hampshire, PO16 7JU. Saturday 10-5.30, Sunday 10.00 - 16.30.
Oct 7/8 - FOLKESTONE Folkestone, Hythe & District M/Railway Exh, The Leas Cliff Hall, Folkestone,
Kent. CT20 2DZ. Sat 10-5.30, Sun 10-5.
Oct 7/8 - SWANSEA Model Railway Exh, presented by Swansea Railway Modellers Group, Swansea
Leisure Centre, Oystermouth Road, Maritime Quarter, Swansea SA1 3ST Sat 10-5, Sun10-4.
Oct 14/15 - ALDERSHOT Farnham Model Railway Club Exhibition, Connaught Leisure Centre,
Tongham Road, Aldershot, Hants. GU12 4AS. Sat 10-5, Sun 10 - 4.30
Oct 21 - CHICHESTER M/R Ex, Boy’s H/Sch, Kingsham Rd, Chichester, W.Sussex. PO19 8AE. 10-5.
Oct 21/22 - UCKFIELD M/Railway Exh, Uckfield Civic Centre, Uckfield. TN22 1AE Sat/Sun 10-5
Oct 28/29 - STOCKPORT Hazel Grove & District Model Railway Society Exhibition, Hazel Grove
Recreation Centre, Jacksons Lane, Hazel Grove, Stockport, Cheshire, SK7 5JX Sat 10 -5, Sun 10-4
Oct 28/29 - LEEDS The Leeds Model Railway Society, Model Railway Exhibition, The Grammar
School, Alwoodley Gates, Harrogate Road, Leeds, LS17 8GS Sat 10-5, Sun 10-4.30
Oct 28/29 - ABERDEEN M/Rail Ex, Hallmartk Hotel, Aberdeen Airport, Aberdeen, AB21 7DW
Sat 10-5/Sun 10-4. **New Venue - www.facebook.comAberdeenModelRailwayclub **
Nov 4 - HIGH WYCOMBE - WYCRAIL 17 Model Railway Exhibition, Cressex Community School,
Cressex Rd, High Wycombe,Bucks HP12 4UD. 10-5.
Nov 4/5 - ANGMERING W.Sussex Area Group N Gauge Society “All Scales Model Railway Exh”,
The Angmering School, Greenwood Drive, Station Rd, Angmering, BN16 4HH, Sat 10-5 Sun 10-4
*Now 2 Day Show - Short Walk Angmering Station - Features various scales not just N Gauge!!!**
Nov 11/12 - SPALDING Model Railway Exhibition, Springfields Event Centre, Camelgate, Spalding,
PE12 6ET, Sat 10-5/Sun 9.30-4.30.
Nov 11/12 - TELFORD IPMS SCALE MODEL WORLD 2017 The Telford Exhibition Centre,
St. Quentin Gate, Telford, TF3 4JH, Sat 10 - 6, Sun 10 - 4.00 Free Entry for IPMS Members.
Coming to IPMS Telford? Why not try Sunday? The show is less busy AND a lot easier to
get to our stand!!!! :-)
Nov 17-20 - WAKEFIELD 56th Model Railway Exhibition, Thornes Park Athletics Stadium,
Horbury Road, Wakefield, WF2 8TY Friday 5.30-9. Saturday 10-5.30. Sunday 10-4.30
Nov 18 - PORTSMOUTH South Hants Model Railway Exhibition, Admiral Lord Nelson
School , Dundas Lane, Portsmouth, Hants PO3 5XT. Sat 10-5 ***Plenty of Free Parking***
Nov 18/19 - WORKINGTON Model Rail Show, University of Cumbria, Energus Building,
Blackwood Rd, Lillyhall Estate, Workington, Cumbria, CA14 4JW. Sat 10-5, Sun 10-4.
Nov 25/26 - BIRMINGHAM Warley National Model Railway Exh Hall 5, NEC Birmingham 40 1NT.
Sat 9.45-6pm, Sun 9.45-5pm. **50th Exh** Advance Ticket Holders gain entry 9.15am both days.
EXHIBITIONS & SHOWS IN 2018
Jan 13/14 - BOGNOR REGIS M/Railway Exh, Felpham Community College Felpham Way,
Felpham, Bognor Regis, W.Sussex PO22 8EL Sat 10-5, Sun 10-4.30 **Plenty of Free Parking**
Jan 21 GUILDFORD - Astolat Model Railway Exhibition, The Surrey Sports Park, University of
Surrey, Richard Meyjes Road, Guildford, Surrey, GU2 7AD. Sunday 10-5. www.astolatmrc.co.uk
Jan 27/28 KENDAL Model Railway Exh Leisure Centre, Burton Rd, Kendal, LA9 7HX Sat/Sun 10-5
Jan 28 BRISTOL - Bristol ‘O’ Gauge Group Exhibition University of the West of England (UWE
Bristol), Conference & Exhibition Centre, Filton Road, Brisrtol, BS34 8QZ. Sunday 10-4.
Feb 3/4 ALTON - FebEx 2018 Alton Model Railway Group Exhibition Eggars School, Anstey Road,
Alton, Hants, GU34 4EQ. Saturday 10.30 - 5. Sunday 10.30 - 4.00.
Feb 18 - MANCHESTER ALSRM O Gauge Show, Woodhouse Park Lifestyle Centre, Portway,
Wythenshawe, Manchester, M22 1QW 10-4. Free Parking, Test Track, 16 ‘O’ Gauge layouts.
*Free entry ALSRM Members*
Feb 23-25 GLASGOW Model Rail Scotland Scottish Exhibition Centre, Glasgow, G3 8YW. Friday
10.30 - 6, Saturday 9.30 - 6, Sunday 9.30 - 5. www.modelrail-scotland.co.uk
Mar 3/4 - PRESTON Preston & District Model Railway Exhibition, Sports Hall, Preston College, St
Vincents Road, Fullwood, Preston, Lancashire, PR2 8UR. Sat/Sun 10 - 5pm.
Mar 10/11 - KEIGHLEY Model Railway Exhibition, University Academy Keighley (UAK), Green Head
Road, Utley, Keighley, BD20 6EB. Sat/Sun 10-5.
New Tools Shop Extension Opening Soon.
New Printed Mail Order Catalogue to be published soon – reserve your copy now.
Exhibition Invitations always welcomed.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 115
p115_BRMAug17.indd 115 29/06/2017 14:08
H A L D E N YA R D
Newest Items
SB003 Signal Box £10.90
Bowstring Bridges
in 3 lengths and
Single and Double Track
From £9.00
Terraced Shops in 3 styles
In Low relief Front and Rear
plus Full Depth
From £5.75
Unique OO gauge models,
Best Sellers
Houses, Shops and Pubs
heavily rusted and weathered, From £5.75
individually hand painted.
The models replicate the condition in which ST005 Hesketh Station £17.85
a lot of the locos became in later life; some
broken for scrap, others thankfully saved by Engine Sheds
preservation societies. and Workshops
From £20 Footbridges
Visit the shop: From £7.75
For the full range visit -
www.h al de n -yard . c o. uk WWW.INTHEGREENWOODLASER.CO.UK
00 & N Gauge Model Railways
Model Railways, Planes, Helicopters, Diecast Planes & Vehicles - Plastic Kits & Figures
Cars,Boats, Dolls Houses, Scalextric - Jigsaws
Arts & Crafts Emporium
NOW STOCKING
Visit us in York!
Located just 2 minutes away from York Minster at Monk Bar!
‘n’ scale precision railroad
www.hunstantonmodels.co.uk
36 High St, Hunstanton, Norfolk PE36 5AF Stockists of Hornby, Bachmann, Graham Farish, Peco, Dapol, Gaugemaster, Ratio, Wills,
E: enquiries@hunstantonmodels.co.uk Woodland Scenics, Metcalfe, Oxford Diecasts, Base Toys and many more
T: 01485 533324 M: 07873 268483
Shop online with us,
New website now live! monkbarmodelshop.co.uk
116 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
p116_BRMAug17.indd 116 03/07/2017 11:32
DAPOL EVENT • DAPOL EVENT • DAPOL EVENT • DAPOL EVENT • DAPOL EVENT •
0 GAUGE 0 GAUGE
00 GAUGE
OPEN WAGONS Pennine Models Dapol 0 Gauge TANK
CLASS 68 WAGONS
Both BR EX LIONHEART & Dapol private
owner ALL £37.50
at Haworth Class68006,
Scotrail Daring
058 001Chiltern
A (silver/grey)
ESSO , 002
Valiant 68007 £135
Shell& BP
68010 003 £135
68014 Regent 004
NOW STOCKING Shell Motor Spirit 005 Lobitos
Gaugemaster Controls Dc & DCC Class B Black
WAGONS
and Accessories 059 001 Shell BP 002 Esso 003
HIA 4F 026 007-012 Shell BP
£24.50
Roco & Peco 009 & HOe - MJA004
TWINEsso4F 005
025Berry Wiggins£45.00
001/2/3/4
Locos, wagons, track etc ALL £42.50
CLASS
Large range 68 wagons
of 4 wheel
Scotrail Daring 68006, Valiant
at discount prices 68007 £135
EX LIONHEART VANS £42.50 Chiltern 68010 & 68014 £135
(see photo for
stock)
EX LIONHEART VANS £42.50 West Yorkshire Area Buses £11 each
or 5 different ones post free
Huge range of Hornby products all at
discount prices. If you are looking for Full range of Gaugemaster controllers
Large rangeatofmega
4 wheel wagons at
discount discount prices
prices
something try us first.
COACHES EX LIONHEART Full range of Gaugemaster controllers
A LARGE VARIETY OF NEW PLASTIC
GW & B R B set 2 car £399.00 at mega discount prices
KITS, MANY NOW SOUGHT AFTER
GW & B R 4 car B set £699.00 Also paints, glue, K&S metals, Complete range of Peco Track,
Evergreen, Balsawood etc. G, O, OO, N GAUGES
Everything in shop to make a trainset
into a model railway.
Tillig Elite Track in
OO/HO & OO9/HOe
Wednesday to Sunday 11am-5pm Complete range of Peco Track,
& Interlaced HO/HOe
Single composite carriages £225.00 G, 0, 00, N GAUGES
Tillig Elite Track in 00/H0 & 009/HOe &
Full range of Hornby HO/HOe
Interlaced
33/35 Mill Hey, Haworth, Keighley BD22 8NQ track
Tel. 01535 642367 at discount prices
Full range of Hornby track at
penninemodels@gmail.com discount prices
• REPAIRS DONE • CUSTOMERS WANTED!... With an eye for a bargain • DCC DECODERS FITTED •
www.offtherailsigns.co.uk
Tel: 01903 751700
Email: info@rga.uk.com
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 117
Off the rails.indd 1 09/03/2017 11:14
p117_BRMAug17.indd 117 29/06/2017 14:17
CONSTRUCTING THE
SouthWest Distributor
for the UK MINIATURE LANDSCAPE &
PAINTING THE BACKSCENE
Trade welcome
Both these informative DVD’s are available NOW at £22.00 EACH, which
includes P+P in the UK. (Payment by cheque or P.O. ONLY PLEASE)
The DVD’s run for two hours.
To Place an Order phone direct on: 01283 733547
ALSO AVAILABLE WORKSHOPS:
Working with Das Modelling Clay or
Creating the Scenic workshop
INTERESTED?
As real For further information contact DAVID WRIGHT
direct on the above or Email: david@dovedalemodels.co.uk
as it gets! Photos: Chris Perkins
BASELINE
New
Photos: Chris Perkins
channel, see website for details
ALL products come with a 2 year warranty and FREE return postage
Close your eyes and Crystal clear digital sound
BASEBOARDS
you’re there!
responsive sound algorithm
The highest quality sounds in all Contact:
gauges. A wide range of responsive
steam and diesel sounds developed
for the all new
Test drive the latest loco sounds with stunning Rod Palmer on 01435 831577
clarity at SWD – call now for more info
Mobile: 07757 988990
T: 01934 515382 info@swd4esu.co.uk
Email: rodpalmer16@gmail.com
www.southwestdigital.co.uk
HELJAN: DAPOL N: FARISH:
1600 D8400 BR Green ............ £105.00 ND-095A 70000 BR Grn Late..... £102.00 372-185 46236 BR Black ......... £118.00
1601 D8401 BR Green SYP...... £105.00 ND-095B 70013 BR Grn Early ... £102.00 372-244 47711 Large Logo ........ £92.50
Tuesday
MondaytotoFriday 9.30am
Friday 9.30am to 3pm
to 3pm 1602
2302
D8404 BR Grn SYP ........ £105.00
D5908 Grn Full Yell ......... £90.00
ND-129E 60070 BR Early ............ £95.00
ND-210C W55016 Grn Dummy ... £37.50
372-246
372-427
372-800B
47715 NSE.................... £92.50
90201 BR Late (w) ..... £105.00
60163 BR Blue Early .. £123.00
Saturday 9.30am to 5pm
Saturday 9.30am to 5pm
2320
2322
D5900 Gloss Green ....... £101.00
D5905 Grn No Frost ...........£101.00
2D-009-000 W55022 Green SYP ... £86.50
2S-008-001 60012 BR Grn Early. £103.00 372-801 60156 BR Late ............. £96.00
HORNBY:
Sunday 10am to 4pm 10am to 4pm
2323 D5909 Green (W) ................£109.00 2S-008-003 60004 Garter Blue ... £103.00
Sunday 2724 D5353 BR Green .............. £78.00 BACHMANN:
31-167DC 50795 Black (W) .......... £84.00
R2844
R3169
R3003
30934 BR Early................ £91.00
5972 Olton Hall ............... £65.00
61669 BR Green Late .... £108.00
All subject to availability 31-932DC 40957 BR Early........... £111.50 R3004 61631 BR Green early ... £108.00
UK P & P from £4.10 per order 31-933 41157 BR Early .......... £102.50 R3332 6029 BR Green Late ...... £142.00
32-913 CL108 Grn Whisk ......... £84.00 R3232 65445 BR Late............... £100.00
Monday - Saturday 9.30-17.30 • Closed 10-19 Aug, Tuesdays & Bank Holidays
118 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
Trains&Planes.indd 1 08/04/2016 10:20
p118_BRMAug17.indd 118 03/07/2017 11:40
Highly e
Re fl e c t i v
R.R.P.
125ml £9.99
250ml £16.50
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 119
p119_BRMAug17.indd 119 03/07/2017 11:39
Railway art on canvas, acrylic, metal and wood.
Gifts featuring the artwork on mobile phone cases,
laptop covers, mugs, wallets, purses etc.
Buying pictures is as simple as 1,2,3….
1. Choose your picture from our image galleries
2. Select canvas, metal, acrylic or wood print
(or gift type)
3. Choose your picture size
enquiries@gdmkimages.co.uk
www.gdmkimages.co.uk/BRM
MAD AB OUT T RAINS OF
AS
SE
GAINSBO RO UGH (K &M MOD ELS)
EN
O
N
For all your Model Railway needs from design
to finished layout, scratch built buildings, trees
dioramas etc. We carry a vast selection of
scenic materials. We carry a comprehensive
range of all aspects of Railway Modeling from
track pins to finished layouts. DCC Specialist, repairs,
NOW AVAILABLE ON PAPER weathering etc undertaken in our own workshop.
AND WATER SLIDE TRANSFERS
IN BOTH OO AND N GAUGE Hornby, Bachmann, Peco Gaugemaster, Dapol and
Knightwing stockists. Large range of scenic materials
We are always looking for second hand collections.
Just give us a call or come and visit our shop.
Tel: 01427 811040
Mobile 07858612716
GHOST - SIGNS.COM 106 Trinity Street, Gainsborough DN21 1HS
e-mail: sales@madabouttrains.co.uk
NOT ONLINE? CALL 07970 977 628 FOR AN ILLUSTRATED PRICE LIST www.madabouttrains.co.uk
Printers instructions:
www.GoldenValleyHobbies.com Background is E2C834,
The New Janus Diesel is arriving!
GV2012 NCB Janus 0-6-0 Diesel
GV2012 NCB Janus with DCC ESU Sound Fitted
GV6012 3 pack NCB 7 plank open coal wagon
GVCOAL 3 pack wagon filler and real coal load - kit
Releasing July.
Only 90 left!
Logo available from website or email us
tim@goldenvalleyhobbies.com
GVH, Unit 1, Pontrilas Business Park,
http://goldenvalleyhobbies.com/index.php?pa
See our website for stockists or to order.
Trade Enquiries welcome. 01981 241 237 Pontrilas, Hereford, HR2 0AZ ge=downloads
Printers ignore this box:
120 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
p120_BRMAug17.indd 120 03/07/2017 11:38
Dawson Hall
Exclusive Model Buildings
ess
Family Run Busin
Buying Pre-owned Collections &
Un-wanted Models
NOW STOCKING A WIDE SELECTION OF PRE-OWNED
MODEL & NEW RAILWAY COLLECTIONS ONLINE & INSTORE
Find us on Facebook Badge CMYK / .ai
Send us a list or bring items in store & we will give you a FREE valuation!
Visit our eBay shop & like us on Facebook
AGR Model Railway Store
9 High Street Mews • 28 High Street
Leighton Buzzard, Beds LU7 1EA
Mon-Fri 9am-5pm • Sat 9am-4pm
01525 854788
ad6090:Layout 1 26/11/13
www.agrmodelrailwaystore.co.uk 20:52 Page 1
sales@agrmodelrailwaystore.co.uk
Please ask your model shop for genuine
Plastruct fineline Styrene structural shapes.
Range contains over 70 shapes
including; Angles, I-Beams,
Channels, Columns, Deep Channels,
Tees and Z Sections, Round,
Rectangular and Square Tubing,
Plastic Strips and Sheeting,
Scale Ladders, Stairs and
Railings, Open Web Trusses.
Essential for all scratch
model makers.
www.plastruct.co.uk
Tel: 01509 829008 Fax: 01509 560878
Email: express.models@ntlworld.com
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 121
p121_BRMAug17.indd 121 29/06/2017 14:29
Tel: 01202 798068
Email: info@modelrailwaysolutions.co.uk
Contact us for a quote on all your baseboard
and helix requirements, either bespoke or Free parking
from our own modular range.
Opening Hours: Tues-Sat 10-5
Please take a moment to browse our online store or visit us at -
Unit 1, 10-12 Alder Hills, Poole. Dorset. BH12 4AL.
www.modelrailwaysolutions.co.uk
MODELMANIA
of BRISTOL
13 CLOUDS HILL ROAD, ST. GEORGE, BRISTOL BS5 7LD
Junction of A420/A431 (St. George Fountain) Buses 42 or 43 from City Centre
• BACHMANN • DAPOL • GAUGEMASTER
• GRAHAM FARISH • HORNBY • KESTREL
• METCALFE • PECO • RATIO
• SUPERQUICK • WILLS • WOODLAND
SCENICS • RAILMATCH PAINTS
• MODELMASTERS TRANSFERS
• CAMBRIAN WAGON KITS EFE CORGI
CLASSIX AND OXFORD DIECAST 1:76TH
MAIL ORDER SERVICE - SORRY NO LISTS
Open: Tuesday to Friday 9.30 to 17.00
Saturday 9.00 to 17.00
Tel: 0117 9559819 - Email: modelmaniaemail@aol.com
Ebay Shop: modelmaniabristol
Large stocks of pre-owned railways, a selection of which is on our website.
We stock new Hornby, Bachmann, Graham Farish, PECO, Expo tools,
Electrical components & much more.
We also purchase your unwanted railways, whether it’s a single item or
collection anything considered.
Whether you’re a novice or an expert we are always happy to help!
So why not visit us today or give us a ring!
Tel: 02380 772 681 www.ronlines.com
342 Shirley Road, Southampton, SO15 3HJ
Open Mon-Fri 10am-5pm & Sat 9am-4pm
122 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
p122_BRMAug17.indd 122 30/06/2017 10:12
OO
EXCLUSIVE
N gauge
Shepherd Send £3.80
From the Stonecast
post free for our 60 page
Neame OO catalogue detailing all
range that brings
our other kits.
van no.1 TOWNSTREET,
realism to your layout
from Peco. 6 KIRKHILL, BLENCARN, PENRITH,
CUMBRIA, CA10 1TZ
In stock NOW See our new extended website!
NEW - 6 Road Engine Shed £99.50
£9 + P&P www.townstreetuk.co.uk Stand Alone Engine Shed Office £39.00
MON TO FRI 2-8PM 01768 88456 As Above But Without 1 Wall For Side
MAIL ORDER ONLY
Office £25.00
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 123
p123_BRMAug17.indd 123 30/06/2017 10:18
OPEN DAY SUNDAYS
TEST DRIVE THE 611 DCC Controller 611 DCC unit can be used with N gauge up to
G, has 28 functions, 300 routes, simple 4 digit times 10am to 4pm
HELPLINE 01823 327155 numbering, built in computer interface, and is
Open 9am to 9pm closed WEDNESDAYS
Website . www.tauntoncontrolsltd.co.uk NMRA compatible Designed and built in the UK.
3mm Scale Model Railways
4 Greenwood Drive, Redhill, Surrey, RH1 5PJ. Tel: 01737 761919
40 Page Full Colour Catalogue £4.50
Catering exclusively for TT and 3mm Scale
www.3smr.co.uk
BlackBeetle, BullAnt, Halling, Tenshodo
www.motorbogies.com
The kits offered are produced from the original Rod Neep Designs and etching art work.
The kits are suitable to convert most mass produced 00 model locomotives to Fine scale
running, in the 00, EM or P4 track gauge.
All kits are supplied with detailed instructions and drawings, and a dedicated help service is
available by email for chassis kit construction queries to customers of Perseverance Kits
The kits can be supplied with parts to make rigid or compensated chassis.
Further details of these kits together with the vast range of scale parts from Westward
Detailing Range and New for 2017
A large range of Markits /Romford Driving wheels and parts are now in stock
Can be seen at : www.perseverancekits.co.uk
A current parts stocklist and price list is available as a pdf file to download
as is the perseverance chassis guide
A printed A4 size 9 sided price list is available by post on receipt of £1.00 in stamps
A printed A4 Size 22 page guide to chassis kits and construction details at £2.50 post free
From: Perseverance Model Railway Products, ESKDALE, Grosmont, Whitby YO22 5PT
Tel No: (Answerphone) 01947 895676 • Text to Mobile: 07391 539531
Email: chrisparrish@hotmail.co.uk
BARRY JONES P & D Marsh
Specialist in the sale of quality secondhand
railway. Transport timetables, posters, maps, Whitemetal kits, hand
publicity, photographs, and official items painted models and laser
always wanted. Railway collectables and
model railways, also sought. cut wooden structures in
28 Marine Crescent, Worthing BN12 4JF N and OO.
Tel/Fax: 01903 244655
Email: barryjones28@virginmedia.com INCLUDES FINISHED
AND PAINTED
SIGNALS IN BOTH
GAUGES.
Cherished Memories Brought Back To Life
Got lots of old 8mm film or VHS tapes
Free price lists available.
containing movies of steam from a bygone era?
Why not have them transferred to DVD.
The Stables, Wakes End Farm,
MK17 9FB
Tel: 01525 280068
Send an email or telephone us for a quote.
info @ jacksonmedia.co.uk - 07968 108918
www.pdmarshmodels.com
CRAFTY HOBBIES ITEMS MAIL ORDER LTD Jacksons Models
Visiting the South Lakes? MAYFIELD, MARSH LANE, SAUNDBY,
and Railways
33 New Street, Wigton, Cumbria CA7 9AL • All gauges of model railways
RETFORD, NOTTS, DN22 9ES • New & Second Hand
Hornby, Bachmann, Dapol, Tel: 01697 342557
• Also stockists of Airfix, Revell,
Farish, Peco, Gaugemaster, Tel/Fax: 01427 848880 Tamiya and Dragon kits
Woodland Scenics • Diecast models
BA SCREWS IN BRASS, STEEL AND STAIN- • We also repair most makes of locos
New and used items LESS. SOCKET SCREWS IN STEEL AND
STAINLESS. DRILLS, RIVETS, TAPS, DIES,
Large range of N Gauge END MILLS, SLOT DRILLS ETC • TRUCKS • CARS • PLANT •
• KITS • PLANES • MILITARY •
DAPOL Gold Stockist BRASS CHEESE SCREWS FROM £2.32/100 • RAILWAY • BUSES •
BRASS ROUND SCREWS FROM £3.85/100 Open Mon-Sat 10am-5pm
Open 9.30am-5pm BRASS CSK SCREWS FROM £4.67/100 Stocking Model Railways by Hornby, Bachmann,
Closed Weds & Sun
Farish, Peco, Dapol, Metcalfe, Corgi, Oxford etc.
Mon, Tues, Wed, Fri and Sat. SOCKET GRUB SCREWS FROM £1.72/10 Railway Scenery by Gaugemaster,
STANDARD PACK SIZES 10, 25, 50 AND 100 Woodland Scenics, Javis, Expo etc. 2-4 Pelham Street,
Shop opening hours: Monday - Friday 9am - 5pm; Ilkeston, DE7 8AR
54 Cavendish Street, Barrow in Furnish, Saturday 10am - 3pm; Closed Sunday and Wednesday;
Late night opening Thursday until 6pm
Tel: 07786 896807
Cumbria, LA14 1PZ
Tel: 01229 820759
PHONE FOR FREE LIST www.jacksonsmodels.co.uk
www.malcsmodels.co.uk
Email: malcolmgrubey@btinternet.com
124 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
p124_BRMAug17.indd 124 03/07/2017 11:37
www.YorkModelrail.com
Online shop selling York’s Magnetic
Precision laser cut Mates - sizes
architectural detailing, suitable for all
kits, tools and materials model scales
Bespoke laser cutting service
using plastics, timber, card & acrylics
An affordable way to create perfect results
.Free quotes
Send us your drawings or sketches by post
or email: laser@yorkmodelrail.com
See our website for new “How to” videos
and information sheets etc
Or send us an A4 size SAE with a LARGE
size stamp for N, 00 or 0 scale price list Photo courtesy of Norman Raven
York Modelmaking Here to help you build your models 01904
Unit 13, Bull Centre, Stockton-on-the-Forest, York, YO32 9LE 400358
Tel: 01933 355531 19 Keats Way, Higham Ferrers,
Mobile: 07969 535 699 Northants. NN10 8DQ
Email:sales@hamodels.net
Coach & Wagon Kits, Wheels, Decals, Wagon Loads, Paint & Sundries
Parkside Dundas, Cambrian, Genesis, Slaters & Ian Kirk 7mm, Dapol, Precision Paints, Kadee,
Modelmaster & Old Time Workshop Decals, Labelle Oils, Alan Gibson & Romford Wheels
Order on line at: www.hamodels.net or ring us (same day or next day despatch)
Precision Paint - pre order and pick up at exhibitions (minimum two weeks notice)
Exhibitions in August – Sat 19th Northampton Exhibition at Cogenhoe Village Hall NN7 1NB
PAIGNTON
MODEL SHOP
Stockist of:
Hornby, Bachmann, Peco,
Layouts designed and built
OO & N gauge, Woodland from N to Garden railways
Scenics, Metcalfe, Superquick, Airfix,
Scalextric, Ratio, Wills & Scenerama.
based in Devon. All loco
Loco Weathering service available. Servicing & Repairs and
DCC decoder installation
60 Hyde Road, Paignton, for N & OO
Devon, TQ4 5BY
Tel: 01803 555882 Contact Tom Hussey
Email: Tel: 07811903231
paigntonmodels@hotmail.co.uk platform3models@hotmail.co.uk
Website: Web search: platform 3 models
www.paigntonmodelshop.com
38 Potovens Lane, Lofthouse Gate, Wakefield, WF3 3JF
Tel: 01924 824748 email: goinglocomodels@hotmail.com
Web: www.goinglocomodels.com
Huge range of New & Pre-owned products • DCC Chip/Decoder fitting service
Repairs & Servicing • Working layouts in store/demo facilities
Expert & friendly customer advice
See our
Professional weathering & renumbering service available
website for
exhibition dates
REDCAR MODELS & HOBBIES
Going Loco.indd 1 08/06/2017 11:26
Most leading brands of ‘OO’ gauge model railways & accessories.
Also Diecast, Plastic Kits, Woodland Scenics, K+S Metal Centre etc.
130 High Street, Redcar, Cleveland, TS10 3DH Tel: 01642 494912
HORNBY (open Tuesday to Saturday)
SERVICE
DEALER Email: sales@redcarmodels.co.uk
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 125
p125_BRMAug17.indd 125 03/07/2017 11:34
KS Laser Designs Ltd Building Kits: N OO & O Gauge
KIT04-01-02 OO Pitched Roof Goods Shed £30.00
All our kits are Laser Cut in England from MDF,
KIT05-01-02 OO Pitched Roof Engine Shed £30.00
PLY, acrylic and card detailing
KIT05-02-01 N Pitched Roof Engine Shed £30.00
www.kslaserdesigns.com KIT01-01-L N North Light Goods Shed £15.00
Kevin: 07866073194 Stephen: 07958372872 KS29-01-03 O 12ft x 8ft Shed £9.40
KS29-03-03 O Wooden Café £12.00
Cable Drums: OO & O Gauge KS29-10-03 O Platelayers Hut £12.00
KS51-01-03 O 5ft Cable Drums + Stand £6.75 KS36-02-01 N 3 Bay bus Depot £6.00
KS51-02-02 OO 7ft Cable Drums + Stand £5.55 KS36-03-01 N 3 Bay Engine Shed £6.00
Platforms and Pits: N OO & O Gauge KS36-03-02 OO 3 Bay Engine Shed £15.00
KS70-01-02 OO Fire Station Training Tower £6.00
KS19-01-03 O Inspection Pit £16.75
KS70-02-02 OO Small Fire Station £30.00
KS25-01-01 N Stabling Platform £6.00
KS25-01-02 OO Stabling Platform £5.00 Walls, Support and Arched: OO & O Gauge
KS25-02-03 O DMU/Carriage Stabling £10.75 KIT02-01-02 OO Support Wall £9.75
Mimic Control Panels and
KS25-03-02 OO StationPlatform End 50mm £3.50 KIT06-01-03R O North Light Low Relief £19.80
Boxes Made To Order
KS25-04-02 OO Station Platform 50mm £6.50 KS26-05-02 OO Low Relief Arches with Door £12.50
Working with
KS25-05-02 OO StationPlatform End 75mm £4.50 KS26-01-03 O Single Low Relief Arch £13.50
KS25-06-02 OO Station Platform 75mm £7.50 KS27-01-02L OO 5ft Brick Wall £3.85
Fencing: OO & O Gauge KS27-01-03 O 8ft Brick Wall £11.00
KS27-02-03 O 5ft Brick Wall £9.50
KS32-01-02 OO Security Fencing £9.00
KS32-01-03 O Security Fencing £10.50 Bridge Kits: N, OO & O Gauge
KS33-01-02 OO Security Double Gates £2.50 KS44-02-01 N Swanage Triple Lane Bridge £25.00
KS33-01-03 O Security Double Gates £8.00 KS44-03-02 OO Triple Lane Bridge £36.00
Ks33-02-03 O Single Personnel Gate £2.50 KS44-05-03 O Double Brick Bridge £75.00
126 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
p126_BRMAug17.indd 126 30/06/2017 11:03
RHUDDLAN ROCHESTER GAMES
MODELS & RAILWAY
MODELS
• Model Railways All your wargaming, modelling and
• Games Workshop railway needs under one roof
FREE parking
• Die Cast Models
Corgi - Dinky - Matchbox Find us on
• Plastic Kits Shop opening hours: Mon-Sat 10am
Airfix - Revel - Etc to 6pm, Sun 10am to 4pm. Late night
opening Tuesdays and Thursdays.
NEW AND USED ITEMS 21 Corporation Street, Rochester,
BOUGHT AND SOLD Kent ME1 1NN Tel: 01634 815699
Email: rochester-games-models@gmx.co.uk
HIGH ST, RHUDDLAN. www.rochestergamesmodelsandrailway.co.uk
01745 590048
www.rhuddlanmodels.co.uk
ut
School’s o
r!
for summe
specialist in model railways
Tri-ang, Hornby, Wrenn,
Bachmann, Minic etc...
buy, sell & repair hard to
find items and collectables
Find me on
Low Relief city school £12.49 (+1.70 P&P) www.tri-angman.co.uk
Street Level or contact:
Models Tel 07966 333605
cdcdesign.webplus.net laurence@tri-angman.co.uk
TUTBURY MODELS
COLLECTABLES
01283 814777 MODELS
UNIT 5, TUTBURY MILL MEWS, TUTBURY, Nr. BURTON-UPON-TRENT DE13 9LS
BASS/WORTHINGTON VENT VAN....................£13.50 (plus £3.00 p&p for either one or two)
6-WHEEL MILK TANK NESTLÉ 'OO' GAUGE.......£17.50 (plus £3.00 p&p for either one or two)
BASS/WORTHINGTON GRAIN HOPPER...........£13.75 (plus £3.00 p&p for either one or two)
Short te
disabled
rm OPENING HOURS:
parking Tues to Sat 9.30am - 4pm
outside
shop Closed Sun & Mon
Stockists of: Bachmann, Hornby, Peco, Gaugemaster, Humbrol, Airfix, Fisher-Price
Trackmaster, Woodland Scenics, Expo and many more. Childrens craft corner
26 Market Street,Wellingborough, Northamptonshire NN8 1AN
01933 274069 • trainsandmodels@gmail.com • www.trainsandmodel.com
THE MODEL SHOP GREAT NEWS!
Train Times Model Shop
www.marketmodels.co.uk is now open again.
TRAINS • BOATS • PLANES
Find us at
CARS • VANS • LORRIES 37 Seaside, Eastbourne,
Unit 7a Ground Floor BN22 7NB
The Octagon Centre, (01323) 722026
New Street, Burton on Trent, traintimestoo@gmail.com
Staffordshire DE14 3TN www.traintimesmodelshop.com
07939 544527
Bob, Liz, Ashley
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 127
p127_BRMAug17.indd 127 04/07/2017 09:14
Ha
www.buffersmodelrailways.com
OPENING TIMES: TUES-FRI 10AM-4PM, SAT 10AM-1PM
OPENING TIMES: TUES FRI 10AM 4PM, SAT 10AM 1PM
PLEASE CALL IN, HAVE A LOOK, SOME FUN AND A CUPPA
Large amounts of pre-made & scratch build scenery in
stock suitable for layouts & dioramas
Woodland Scenics – Gaugemaster – Metcalfe – Scenecraft –
The Army Painter – JTT – Expo – Faller – Noch – Auhagen –
Plastic Ratio Models – Peco – Dapol – Wills – GEM –
Superquick – Vollmer – AM – Train Save – Busch – Plastruct –
Model Scene Accessories & many more
Tel: 01297 35557
Colston Cross near Axminster, Devon, EX13 7NF (On A358 between Chard & Axminster)
media@buffersmodelrailways.com
Most Major Cards Accepted
128 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
p128_BRMAug17.indd 128 03/07/2017 10:25
Fully tested
and guaranteed
for 5 years
VANGuARD ZERO ONE VESTA ZERO TWO
• 2 x 5mtr hand held controllers • 2 x 2.5mtr hand held controllers
• 1 x 12V DC accessory • 1 x 12V DC accessory
• O gauge • N gauge
£120
pluS £6.90 p&p
£75
pluS £4.80 p&p
VECTOR ZERO TWO VORTRAK ZERO TWO
• 2 x 2.5mtr hand held controllers • 2 x 5mtr hand held controllers
• 1 x 12V DC accessory • OO/HO/N/OO9 gauge (1 amp per track)
• OO/HO/N/OO9 gauge • 2 x 12V DC accessories
(1 amp per track)
£75 £135
pluS £6.90 p&p
pluS £4.80 p&p
Each controller has state-of-the-art design, offering very best performance
capability. Slow and fast speeds are superb. Internal seperate transformers for
each track from 220/240 AC mains and on-board CDU for point motors.
www.morleycontrollers.com (Secure order site)
01704 533 116
(Overseas enquiries +44 1704 533 116)
jet@morleycontrollers.com
PO Box 501, Southport, PR9 9ZL
Also at PO Box 1230, Wangara BC, Perth, Western Australia 6947
Tel: 0421 359 487. http://aus.morleycontrollers.com
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 129
p129_BRMAug17.indd 129 30/06/2017 11:14
p130_BRMAug17.indd 130 03/07/2017 10:36
p130_BRMAug17.indd 131 03/07/2017 10:37
TOMMY’S TRAINS
NATURAL Models and accessories in N, OO and
SCENICS G scales at very competitive prices
Natural Scenics for all your track
ballasting requirements The Forge, Hatton Gardens
Industrial Estate, Kington,
8 colours available in 4 grades
Herefordshire HR5 3RB
Email us at info@naturalscenics.co.uk Tel.01544 230777
for your free sample
tommiestrains@gmail.com
WE BUY / SELL / PART EXCHANGE
Most Gauges Stocked -
1000’S OF Z/N/HO/OO/O/G/1
OPEN PRODUCTS
View/Buy our stock online in our eBay shop:
IN STOCK
Mon to Sat: http://stores.ebay.co.uk/Culcheth-Model-Railways
9:30am - 5pm
FREE PARKING / DISABLED ACCESS
Closed Sunday
Credit / Debit Cards Accepted
Call: 01925 899959
Email: info@culchethmodelrailways.co.uk
Culcheth Model Railways, CPS Shopping Centre,
Common Lane, Culcheth, Warrington, WA3 4EH
NORTH WEST MODEL SHOP
WARRINGTON CHESHIRE - WA3 4EH - OPEN 6 DAYS!
132 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
p132_BRMAug17.indd 132 03/07/2017 10:56
A4_Layout 1 22/03/2017 08:57 Page 1
DIGITAL COMMAND CONTROL (DCC) is one of the
fastest growing areas of the model railway hobby.
As the first new company to set up as a DCC specialist in the UK.
DIGITRAINS now has over 12 years experience to share.
Working in all the popular scales, we are here to guide you
through choosing the best equipment.
We stock a wide range of products as well as offering
free advice, a decoder installation service and the best
DCC 'test drive' facility around.
Don’t leave that major purchase to chance!
Why not visit our shop? Our comprehensive
library of loco sounds can be demonstrated.
We stock 1,000s of products from
more than 30 leading manufacturers.
And don't worry if you're not digital.
We're also a traditional model shop,
holding all the major ready-to-run lines
p133_BRMAug17.indd 1 30/06/2017 11:14
0
FULL RANGE STOCKED AT BARGAIN PRICES FULL RANGE STOCKED AT BARGAIN PRICES FULL RANGE STOCKED AT BARGAIN PRICES
R3261 Network Rail 0-6-0 Class 08 417 Diesel Shunter £69.50 31-014 Class 7F S&DJR Plain Black 2-8-0 Locomotive #89 £118.50 371-035 Class 20 Twin Pack Hunslet-Barclay £159.50
R3276 RailRoad LMS 4-4-0 Compound with Fowler Tender £44.50 31-015 Class 7F LMS Plain Black 2-8-0 Steam Locomotive #13810 £118.50 371-036 Class 20 227 London Underground Diesel £101.95
R3285TTS RailRoad LNER Blue 4-6-2 Gadwall A4 Class Loco with TTS Sound £69.50 31-040 Class 450 4 Car EMU 450073 South West Trains £271.96 371-037 Class 20 205 BR Blue Diesel £101.95
R3299 ‘Going Home’ – 1945-2015: 70th Anniversary of the end of the Second World War 31-147 Class D11/1 ‘Mons’ GCR Green 4-4-0 Locomotive #501 £148.71 371-050C Class D2283 BR Green Warning Stripes £76.46
Train Pack - Limited Edition £195.00 31-187DS Jubilee Class Kashmir LMS Crimson (Welded Stanier tender) 4-6-0 Loco
R3326 BR Black 0-6-0T J50 Class Locomotive - Late BR £69.50 371-051C Class 04 D2295 BR Blue with Wasp Stripes Diesel Shunter £71.50
5588 (DCC Sound) £203.95
R3335 LSWR 4-4-2T Adams Radial 415 Class - LSWR Preserved £89.50 371-063 Class 03 D2383 BR Green Wasp Stripes Weathered £84.96
31-190 Jubilee Class Madras Black BR Lined Blk (Riveted Stanier tender) £140.20
R3343 First Great Western Class 08 822 Diesel Shunter ‘John’ £79.50 371-064 Class 03 03170 BR Blue Wasp Stripes and Air Tanks Weathered £75.95
31-204 Patriot Class 5330 Sir Frank Ree LMS Crimson £131.50
R3356 RailRoad BR 2-10-0 Crosti Boiler 9F Class (early BR) Heavily Weathered £89.50 31-214 Patriot Class 4-6-0 Giggleswick #45538 BR Green Early Emblem £131.50 371-085A Class 25/1 D5177 BR Green Diesel Locomotive £101.95
R3371 RailRoad LNER 4-6-2 ‘Mallard’ A4 Class Locomotive £64.50 371-087A Class 25 225 BR Blue Diesel Locomotive £101.95
31-318A Robinson Class J11 (GCR 9) LNER Plain Black 5954 £119.50
R3382TTS BR 4-6-2 ‘Holland-Afrika Line’ 35023 Merchant Navy (Unrebuilt) Early BR 371-166 Class 37/4 #37406 ‘The Saltire Society’ Railfreight Distribution Sector £97.50
31-321DS Robinson Class J11 (GCR 9) 64377 BR E/E DCC Snd & Wthrd £191.50
with TTS Sound £169.50
31-379 2EPB 2 Car EMU 5771 BR Green Small Yellow Panel £167.50 371-167 Class 37/5 #37514 Railfreight Metal Sector Diesel Locomotive £97.50
R3383TTS BR 4-6-0 ‘Earl of St Germans’ 4073 Castle Class - BR Early with TTS Sound £159.50
R3390TTS Class 43 HST Virgin Rail East Coast with TTS Sound £159.50 31-380 2EPB 2 Car EMU 6262 BR Blue & Grey Network SouthEast £167.50 371-170 Class 37/4 37422 ‘Robert F Fairlie’ Regional Railways £103.65
R3394TTS RailRoad Class 20 20163 Locomotive with TTS Sound £84.50 31-434 Midland Class IF 41803 British Railways Black £76.50 371-171 Class 37 421 Colas Diesel Locomotive £103.65
R3395TTS RailRoad LNER 4-6-2 ‘Mallard’ A4 Class Locomotive 4468 with TTS Sound £79.50 31-435 Midland Class IF 41726 BR Black Early Emblem £76.50 371-180 Class 40 D211 Mauretania BR Green Indicator Discs £118.96
R3400 Golden Arrow Last Steam Run Train Pack - Limited Edition £245.00 31-440 Ivatt Class 2MT 2-6-2 Tank #41243 BR Lined Black Early Emblem £103.50 371-181 Class 40 D369 BR Green Centre Head Code Small Yellow Panel £118.96
R3402 LNER Queen of Scots Train Pack - Limited Edition £249.50 31-441DC Ivatt Class 2MT 2-6-2 Tank #41291 BR Lined Blk L/C (DCC o/b) £123.50 371-329 Class 150/2 #150247 BR Sprinter – Weathered £143.50
R3404 BR 2-6-4T ‘42334’ Fowler 4P Locomotive £99.50 31-480 G2A 9376 LMS Black with Tender Back Cab £95.50 371-350A Class 60 60035 EWS £99.50
R3405 LNER 0-6-0T ‘585’ J50 Locomotive £74.50 31-481 Ivatt Class 2MT 2-6-2 Tank #41243 BR Lined Black Early Emblem £103.50
371-357 Class 60 60057 ‘Adam Smith’ BR Coal Sector £99.50
R3422 SR 4-4-2T 3125 Adams Radial 415 Class Locomotive £109.50 31-590 Class 70 70015 Freightliner (Air Intake Modifications) £144.46
371-383A Class 66 66101 DB Schenker £99.50
R3430 LNER 4-6-0 Holden B12 Class Locomotive £142.50 31-591 Class 70 70805 Colas (Air Intake Modifications) £144.46
R3431 BR 4-6-0 Holden B12 Class - BR Early Locomotive £142.50 31-614 Class V3 Tank #67609 BR Lined Black Late Crest Cranked Pipes £103.50 371-384A Class 66 111 EWS Livery Diesel Locomotive £106.21
R3435 SR 4-6-2 ‘Royal Mail’ ‘21C3’ Merchant Navy Class (Unrebuilt) £169.50 31-615 Class V3 Tank #67690 BR Lined Black Early Emblem £103.50 371-386 Class 66 66416 Freightliner £106.21
R3441 LNER 4-6-2 ‘Sir Murrough Wilson’ A4 Class Wartime Blk Loco £99.50 31-627B Class 3F 3520 LMS Black Deeley Tender £91.50 371-387 Class 66/8 66846 Colas Rail Diesel Locomotive £108.76
R3445 BR 4-6-2 ‘Camelford’ 34032 West Country Class - BR Early Air Smoothed £129.50 31-635A Class 64xx GWR Green 0-6-0 Pannier Tank Locomotive 6424 £76.50 371-387 Class 47/0 47209 ‘Herbert Austin’ Railfreight £108.76
R3447 LNER 4-6-0 ‘Kilverstone Hall’ B17 Class locomotive £89.50 31-636A Class 64xx BR Black Early Emblem 0-6-0 Pannier Tank 6422 £76.50 371-397 Class 66 66434 DRS Plain Blue Compass £99.50
R3448 BR 4-6-0 ‘Welbeck Abbey’ B17 Class - Early BR £89.50 31-638 Class 64xx BR Lined Green L/C 0-6-0 Pannier Tank 6919 Wthrd £84.50 371-504 N Scale Class 101 2 Car DMU BR Green £139.50
R3458 SR 4-4-0 ‘Shrewsbury’ Schools Class Locomotive £114.50 31-656 Class 47 47256 BR Green Full Yellow Ends (TOPS) Weathered £119.50 371-505 N Scale Class 101 2 Car DMU BR Network SouthEast £139.50
R3451 BR 4-6-0 ‘Stembok’ 61032 Thompson B1 Class Locomotive £137.50 31-661DS Class 47 346 BR Dutch Livery Diesel Locomotive DCC Sound £203.95 371-604 Class 42 Warship ‘Onslaught’ # D832 BR Green £94.50
R3453 BR 4-6-0 45274 ‘Black 5’ Class 5MT - Late BR £114.50 31-662 Class 47 359 BR Railfreight Grey (Metal Sector) Diesel Loco £111.50
R3454 GWR 4-6-0 ‘Drysllwyn Castle’ 4073 Castle Class £124.50 371-650A Class 57 306 ‘Jeff Tracy’ Virgin Diesel £106.21
31-690 LMS Stanier Mogul Class #2955 LMS Lined Black £119.50 371-651A Class 57 008 Freightliner Explorer ‘Freightliner Locomotive Weathered £106.21
R3455 GWR 4-6-0 ‘Knight of St.Patrick’ 4013 4000 Star Class £119.50
31-691 LMS Stanier Mogul Class #42969 BR Lined Black Early Emblem £119.50
R3456 BR 4-6-0 ‘Sir Hervis De Reville’ N15 King Arthur Class £109.50 371-876DS Class 108 2 Car DMU BR Blue £219.50
31-692 LMS Stanier Mogul Class #42968 BR Lined Black Late Crest (Preserved) £135.96
R3458 SR Black ‘Shrewsbury’ 4-4-0 Schools Class Locomotive #921 £114.50 371-877A Class 108 2 Car DMU BR Blue & Grey £139.50
31-728 GWR 3700 Class 3708 Killarney Great Western Green £111.50
R3463 BR black (early) Class 52XX 2-8-0 tank locomotive 5231 £79.50 371-880 Class 108 2 Car DMU BR Green Small Yellow Panel £139.50
R3464 BR black (late) Class 72XX 2-8-2 tank locomotive 7224 £84.50 31-883 Midland Class 4F 3848 Midland Black Crest £91.50
31-884 Midland Class 4F 44044 BR Late Crest Weathered £99.50 371-985 Class 64xx 0-6-0 Pannier Tank #6407 GWR Green £75.50
R3478 FGW Western Region ‘The Corps of Royal Electrical and
32-034A Class 20 20141 BR Green Full Yellow Ends Weathered £99.50 371-986 Class 64xx 0-6-6 Pannier Tank #6403 BR Black Early Emblem £75.50
Mechanical Engineers’ Class 43 HST pack £189.50
R3484 BR 0-6-0 13363 Class 08 diesel shunter locomotive £109.50 32-038DS Class 20 #20124 BR Blue Indicator Disks – Weathered – SOUND £179.50 371-987 Class 64xx 0-6-0 Pannier Tank #6400 BR Lined Green late Crest £75.50
R3485 0-6-0 ‘Laira diesel depot’ Class 08 diesel shunter £109.50 32-067A Class 43 Warship Powerful BR Blue Diesel Locomotive D836 £119.50 372-030 Castle Class ‘Earl of Dunraven’#5044 GWR Lined Green £118.96
R3486 Co-Co diesel ‘DP Worlds London Gateway’ 66185 Cl. 66 loco £59.50 32-068 Class 43 Warship Rapid BR Mrn FYell Ends Diesel Loco D838 £119.50 372-031 Castle Class #5041 ‘Tiverton Castle’ BR Green Early Emblem £118.96
R3487 Co-Co diesel ‘James Nightall GC’ 66079 Class 66 locomotive £69.50 32-109 Class 08 631 Eagle Network South East Diesel Shunter Loco £87.50 372-032 Castle Class # 5070 ‘Sir Daniel Gooch’ BR Lined Green L/Crest £118.96
R3497 Railroad BR ‘D9016’ Class 55 diesel electric £44.50 32-165 Southern N Class BR Lined Black Early Emblem Locomotive 31874 £131.71 372-033DS Castle Class ‘Nunnery Castle’ GWR Preserved Livery Locomotive 5029
R3504TTS Class 08 DB Schenker 08623 with TTS Sound £134.50 32-166 Southern N Class SR Black 2-6-0 Locomotive 1406 £131.71 DCC SOUND £186.95
R3507TTS BR 4-6-0 30832 S15 Class, Early BR with TTS sound £144.50 32-176 LMS Crab 42765 BR Lined Black Early Emblem £115.50 372-061 Midland Class 4F €3851 LMS Black Johnson Tender £95.50
R3508TTS BR 4-6-2 ‘Flying Scotsman’ 60103 A3 Class, Brunswick green TTS sound £179.50 32-178A LMS Crab 13174 LMS Lined Black Welded Tender £115.50
372-062 Midland Class 4F €43875 BR Black Early Emblem Johnson Tender £95.50
R3509TTS BR 4-6-2 ‘City of Birmingham’ Princess Coronation Class 32-250A WD Austerity ‘Major-General Mc Mullen’ LMR Blue 2-8-0 Loco £135.96
(modified) with TTS sound £169.50 372-138 Class 5 #5190 LMS Plain Black £103.50
32-254A WD Austerity LNER Plain Black 2-8-0 Locomotive 77003 £135.96
R3515 ‘The final day’ SR 4-6-2 ‘Kenley’ Battle of Britain Class Air smoothed £149.50 32-289 Class 101 BR Refurbished White and Blue 2 Car DMU £159.50 372-139 Class 5 #45206 BR Lined Black Early Emblem £103.50
R3520 BR 4-6-2 ‘Coeur-de-Lyon’ 30007 Britannia Class , Late BR £144.50 32-290DS Class 101 Network SouthEast 2 Car DMU DCC Sound £214.50 372-181A Princess Coronation Class Queen Elizabeth BR Green E/E Loco 46221 £144.46
R3521 LNER 4-4-0 8802 D16/3 Class £109.50 32-331 Class 25/1 #25043 BR Green Full Yellow Ends – Weathered £87.95 372-184A Princess Coronation Class Duchess of Rutland BR Crimson L/C Loco 4622 £144.46
R3522 BR 4-6-2 ‘Miles Beevor’ ‘ 60026’, A4 Class, Early BR £134.50 32-353 BR Standard Class 4MT 80135 BR Green (Preserved) £99.50 372-210A Class 3F (Jinty) 7309 LMS Black £80.71
R3523 BR 4-6-0 ‘Leicester City’ ‘61665’, B17 Class, Early BR £124.50 32-359A BR Standard Class 4MT Tank 80092 BR Black Early Emblem £103.50 372-211A Class 3F (Jinty) 47314 BR Black Early Emblem £80.71
R3524 BR 4-6-2 ‘Trevone’ ‘34096’, West Country Class (Rebuilt) Late £134.50 32-376A Class 37 422 Robert F Fairlie Regional RWs Diesel Loco Wthrd £115.50 372-212A Class 3F (Jinty) 47500 BR Black Late Crest £80.71
R3525 BR 4-6-2 ‘Sir Archibald Sinclair’ Battle Britain Class (Air Smoothed) Early BR £134.50 32-377A Class 37/4 37401 Mary Queen of Scots BR Blue Large Logo £109.50 372-247 Distribution Class 47/4 47550 ‘University of Dundee’ BR £106.21
R3528 WC&PLR 0-6-0T ‘4’ Stroudley Terrier Class £67.50 32-389 00 Scale Class 37/4 37421 Colas £99.50 372-248 Intercity (Mainline) £106.21
R3531 BR 0-4-4T ‘30129’ M7 Class, Late BR £114.50 32-482 Class 40 97407 Aureol BR Blue Departmental Weathered £123.50
R3538 Wainwright H Class 0-4-4T SECR locomotive £89.50 372-310 Merchant Navy Class #35024 ‘East Asiatic’ Company BR Blue E/E £135.50
32-483 Class 40 D338 BR Green Split Head Code Small Yellow Panel £115.50 372-311 Merchant Navy Class 35023 Holland-Afrika Line £135.50
R3539 Wainwright H Class 0-4-4T Late BR locomotive 31518 £89.50 32-484 Class 40 BR 40159 BR Blue Centre Head Code Full Yellow Ends £115.50
R3540 Wainwright H Class 0-4-4T SR locomotive 1324 £89.50 372-312 Merchant Navy Class #35028 ‘Clan Line’ BR Green Late Crest £135.50
32-561 Class A1 60122 Curlew BR Express Blue Early Emblem £143.50
R3550 Peckett 0-4-0ST 883 Lillies Hall Co. £74.50 372-313 Merchant Navy Class 35021 New Zealand Line £135.50
32-575A Ivatt Class 4MT 3000 LMS Black £99.50
R3553 LMS 4-6-2 Duchess of Atholl’ Princess Coronation Class (modified) £149.50 372-330 BR Standard Class 3MT Tank #82028 BR Black L/C – Weathered £106.21
32-580A Ivatt Class 4MT 43014 BR Late Crest Weathered £99.50
R3555 BR 4-6-2 ‘Sir William A. Stanier F.R.S’ Princess Coronation Class (modified) 372-331 BR Standard Class 3MT Tank #82020 BR Plain Green Late Crest £97.71
Late BR red £149.50 32-733DS Class 66 040 EWS Livery Diesel Locomotive DCC Sound £208.21
32-737 Class 66 065 Ex-EWS (DBS Branding) Diesel Locomotive Weathered £142.76 372-536 Class 4MT Tank #80119 BR Lined Black Late Crest £95.50
R3557 LMS 4-6-0 ‘Royal Army Service Corps 6126 Royal Scot Class £142.50
R3559 SR 0-6-0 ‘C24’ Q1 Class £89.50 32-738 Class 66 711 ‘Sence’ GBRF Aggregates Diesel Locomotive £131.70 372-579 Rebuilt Royal Scot ‘Royal Ulster Rifleman’ #46122 BR Green Late Crest
R3568 BR Class 71 ‘E5018’ BR Green £134.50 32-756 Class 57/6 57603 Tintagel Castle GWR New Livery Diesel Locomotive £123.50 - Heavily Weathered £119.95
R3569 BR Class 71 ‘E5005’ BR Blue (Pre-TOPS) £134.50 32-764 Class 57 305 Northern Princess Northern Belle Diesel Loco £123.50 372-628 Ivatt Class 2MT BR Lined Black Late Crest 2-6-0 Locomotive 46443 £110.46
R3573 GBRf Class 66 66751 Inspiration Delivered - Hitachi Rail Europe £75.90 32-781B Class 37 041 BR Blue Split Headcode Diesel Locomotive £109.50 372-629 Ivatt Class 2MT BR Early Emblem Weathered 2-6-0 Locomotive 46460 £118.96
R3583TTS BR Co-Co ‘37040’ Class 37 BR Railfreight with TTS Sound £79.50 32-787 Class 37 D6714 BR Green Split Headcode Diesel Locomotive £109.50 372-653 BR Standard Class 4MT #76079 BR Lined Black Early Emblem £103.50
R3585 Railroad BR Intercity ‘90135’ Bo-Bo Class 90 £69.50 32-788 Class 37 284 BR Blue Centre Panel Headcode Diesel Locomotive £109.50 372-931 N Class 2-6-0 #31844 BR Black Early Emblem £103.50
R3586 Railroad BR 4-4-0 Sevenoaks Schools Class, Early BR £74.50 32-858 BR Standard Class 9F 92189 BR Black L/Crest IF Tender W’thrd £135.50 372-932 N Class 2-6-0 #31811 BR Black Late Crest £103.50
32-880 Fairburn 2-6-4 Tank 2278 LMS Black Weathered £103.95
372-933 N Scale Class 2-6-0 810 SWCR Grey £103.50
32-881 Fairburn 2-6-4 Tank 42105 BR Lined Black E/Emblem Weathered £107.50
372-976A Class 24 D501 BR Green Diesel Locomotive £101.95
32-939DS Class 150/2 150236 Arriva Trains Wales 2013 Livery DCC Sound £229.46
32-981 Class 66 66416 Freightliner Powerhaul £123.50 372-980 Class 24 97201 Experimental RTC Livery Weathered Locomotive £110.45
32-982 Class 66 66434 DRS Plain Blue Compass £123.50
32-993 Wickham Type 27 Trolley Car BR Engineers yellow Wasp Strips £59.50
35-050 LNWR Webb Coal Tank 1054 LNWR Plain Black 1054 £101.96
35-051 LNWR Webb Coal Tank 7841 LMS Black £101.96
35-052 LNWR Webb Coal Tank 58900 BR Black Early Emblem £101.96
35-076A Class E4 Southern Green 0-6-2 Tank Locomotive 2517 £101.96
35-079 Class E4 BR Lined Black Early Emblem 0-6-2 Tank Locomotive 32494 £101.96
See our website for full 2017 range.
Colour coding:
No DCC
DCC READY
DCC Fitted/Sound
PLEASE NOTE:
All items currently in stock are despatched immediately. Forthcoming releases will be despatched
immediately upon release. If your order contains both current items and forthcoming releases
then these will be despatched separately and subject to separate delivery charges.
p134_BRMAug17.indd 134 30/06/2017 11:16
LATEST HORNBY AT BACHMANN
FARISH FRENZY GREAT PRICES!! BARGAINS
371-110 Class 31 #5826 BR Green Full Yellow Ends... £121.95 £69.50 R3465 HORNBY LNER 0-6-2T ‘4765’ N2 Class........... £104.99 £59.50 25-2014 CL47 00 Gauge Class 47 164 BR Blue Union Jack Diesel
371-285 Class 55 D9007 ‘Pinza’ BR Green Deltic Loco.... £124.95 £67.50 R3486 Co-Co Diesel ‘DP World London Gateway’ 66185 Class 66 Locomotive (split from set).........................................................£89.50
371-605 Class 42 Warship ‘Cockade’ #810 BR Locomotive...................................................................... £90.99 £59.50 25-2014 JUB BR ‘Green Silver Jubilee’ Jubilee Class 4-6-0 Steam
Blue - Weathered......................................................... £124.95 £64.50 R3500 The Sir Nigel Gresley Collection.................... £549.99 £395.00 Locomotive 45552 (split from set).............................................£89.50
371-700 Class 350-1 Desiro 4 Car EMU 350 111 ‘Apollo’ Silverlink R3445 BR 4-6-2 Camelford 34032 West Country Class BR Early Air 30-049 Loco Class 20 088 BR Triple Grey Diesel Locomotive with
(Unbranded).................................................................. £169.95 £89.50 Smoothed................................................................................... £129.50
DCC Sound (split from set)...................................................... £139.50
371-701 Class 350-2 Desiro 4 Car EMU 350 238 R3471 NSE Co-Co Diesel Electris ‘Indomitable’ 50026 Class 50 Diesel
30-049 Coaches Pair of Permanent Way Re-Railing Equipment Mk1
London Midland............................................................ £169.95 £89.50 Loco............................................................................ £170.49 £119.50
R3479 Class 60 066 Drax ‘Powering Tomorrow’ Co-Co Diesel Coaches (split from set)..............................................................£79.50
371-702 Class 350-1 Desiro 4 Car EMU 350 101
Locomotive................................................................................. £119.50 30-049 Controller 36-500 E-Z Command DCC Digital
London Midland............................................................ £169.95 £89.50
R3487 Co-Co Diesel ‘James Nightall GC’ 66079 EWS Class 66 Control Centre Controller and Transformer
372-243 Class 47/7 ‘Saint Andrew’ #47701 BR Blue....£124.95 £69.50
372-385 Class A2 ‘A H Peppercorn’ #525 LNER Apple Green Locomotive....................................................................................£69.50 (split from set).............................................................................£49.50
.................................................................................... £169.95 £79.50 R3276 RailRoad LMS 4-4-0 Compound with fowler Tender......£44.50 31-575 Windhoff MPV Multi-Purpose Master and Slave Network
372-386 Class A2 ‘Bachelors Button’ #60537 BR R3356 railroad BR 2-10-0 Crosti Boiler 9F Class (early BR) Rail................................................................................ £140.95 £79.50
Brunswick Green Early Emblem ................................ £169.95 £79.50 Weathered 92021........................................................................£89.50 31-535 Class 105 2 Car DMU BR Blue Yellow Ends
372-387 Class A2 60527 ‘Sun Chariot’ BR Lined R3371 RailRoad LNER 4-6-2 ‘Mallard’ A4 Class Locomotive.....£64.50 (Power Twin Unit)........................................................ £119.95 £74.50
Green Late Crest ........................................................ £169.95 £79.50 R3497 RailRoad BR ‘D9016’ Class 55 Diesel Electric
372-481 ‘Eire’ Jubilee Class #45572 BR Lined Green Locomotive....................................................................................£44.50 HELJAN ‘O’ GAUGE
Late Crest - Weathered .............................................. £139.95 £79.50 R3408 GWR 4-6-0 ‘King Edward V’ 6000 King Class Locomotive STAR BUY!
#6016.........................................................................................£99.50
SOUNDS LIKE A R3409 BR 4-6-0 ‘King William IV’ 6000 King Class Late BR 5350 Heljan Class 53 D0280 FALCON in ‘as-built’ lime
GREAT DEAL! Locomotive #6002...................................................... £181.99 £99.50 green and brown livery with original painted nameplates
R3424 LNER 0-8-0 Raven Q6 Class Locomotive 3418.............£99.50 ................................................................................... £699.00 £495.00
Hornby R3285TTS Railroad LNER Blue 4-6-2 Gadwall A4 Class
R3425 BR 0-8-0 Raven Q6 Class BR Early Locomotive 63443
Locomotive with TTS Sound ....................................... £110.00 £69.50 5351 Heljan Class 53 D0280 FALCON in BR two-tone
..................................................................................... £154.99 £99.50
Hornby R3384TTS BR 4-6-0 King George 1 6000 King Class Late green livery with small yellow warning panels and
R3426 BR 0-8-0 Raven Q6 Class Br Late Locomotive #63429
BR with TTS Sound................................................................... £109.50 etched nameplates
.....................................................................................................£99.50
Hornby R3388TTS Bo-Bo Class 67 Cairn Gorm 67004 Caledonian ................................................................................... £699.00 £495.00
R3441 LNER 4-6-2 ‘Sir Murrough Wilson’ A4 Class Wartime Black
Sleeper with TTS Sound...............................................................£99.50 5352 Heljan Class 53 1200 FALCON in BR Blue livery with full
Loco 4499....................................................................................£99.50
Hornby R3390TTS Class 43 HST Virgin Rail East Coast with TTS
R3444 BR 4-6-2 ‘Thomas Hardy’ Britannia Class Early BR 4-6-2 yellow ends and etched nameplates
Sound.......................................................................... £279.99 £159.50
Locomotive 70034..................................................... £174.99 £109.50 ................................................................................... £699.00 £495.00
Hornby R3395TTS RailRoad LNER 4-6-2 Mallard A4 Class Locomotive
R3171 LNER Green ‘Cock O’ The North’P2 Class 2-8-2 Locomotive 4203 Heljan Class 42 Warship D815 ‘DRUID’ in
4468 with TTS Sound.................................................. £132.99 £79.50
#2001.........................................................................................£64.50 Maroon with full yellow ends................................... £699.00 £495.00
Hornby R3459TTS BR Black (Early) Fowler Class 2P 4-4-0
R3401 The Bristolian Trai Pack – Ltd Edition....... £304.99 £149.50 4204 Heljan Class 42 Warship D866 ‘ZEBRA’ in Blue
Locomotive 40626 with TTS Sound............................................£94.50
R3261 Network Rail 0-6-0 Class 08 417 diesel Shunter
with Full Yellow Ends and Double Arrow Symboles
SOUND CHIP Locomotive...................................................................... £99.99 £69.50
on the cabsides.......................................................... £699.00 £495.00
OFFERS R3343 First Great Western Class 08 822 Diesel Shunter Locomotive
‘John’.............................................................................................£79.50 4205 Heljan Class 42 Warship 829 ‘MAGPIE’ in Blue with
Hornby R3285TTS chip Class A4 Steam Locomotive DCC TTS Sound Full Yellow Ends and Centrally Placed Double
R3390 Virgin Class 43 HST Pack DCC Ready (Non Sound)
Decoder and Speaker...................................................................£39.50 Arrow Symbols
..................................................................................... £229.99 £89.50
Hornby R3390TTS chips Pair of HST Class 43 Locomotive DCC TTS
R3501 Virgin East Coast Train Pack – Limited Edition........ £124.50 ................................................................................... £699.00 £495.00
Sound Decoders and Speakers.....................................................£79.50
p134_BRMAug17.indd 135 30/06/2017 11:16
EXCLUSIVE MODELS FOR PRE-ORDER WWW.RAILSOFSHEFFIELD.COM/EXCLUSIVE
p134_BRMAug17.indd 136 30/06/2017 11:16
p137_BRMAug17.indd 1 30/06/2017 11:17
p138_BRMAug17.indd 138 03/07/2017 10:57
p138_BRMAug17.indd 139 03/07/2017 10:57
CLASSIFIED SECTION
PR O F E S S I O N A L P O I N T M A K E R S F O R F I F T Y T H R E E
Est.
ACCESSORIES, BOOKS & MODEL SERVICES
53
Years
RENOWN FOR QUALITY
Ranges available in gauges 1, O, SM32, OO, EM, HO 0-16.5. All
NICK TOZER
RAILWAY BOOKS
NEW
New
are ready to run and spray finished. SAE or phone for leaflet
Shop for model
Shop for model railway enthusiasts.
Opening in November in Stone, Staffs. ST15
Custom pointwork to your requirements
RAILWAY BOOKS railway enthusiasts
Wide range of stock from all your favourite suppliers, PLUS bespoke S & marcway au
ge
-
g
BOUGHT & SOLD
services, ordering service and online shop.
OPEN NOW M scale flexible tracks
Injection moulded plastic based. - n
e wo
Call us or see our website for details:
Free Parking 07977 478629 P Finely detailed and proportioned
Free Railway
www.topptrains.co.uk
Wide range of stock from all to capture bullhead trackwork of the British
Steam Era
Booksearch Service your favourite suppliers, O Gauge O Track 125BH Rail Nickle Silver. Box of 10 yards .............................£75.00
PLUS bespoke services, J Scaleway 00 Track 75BH Nickle Silver Rail. Box of 10 yards ........................£46.50
155 Church Street, Paddock, ordering service and online shop. K Scaleway 00 Track 75BH Phosphor Bronze Rail. Box of 10 yards ................£46.50
Huddersfield, HD1 4UJ L Scaleway EM Nickle Silver Track 75BH Box of 10 yards...............................£46.50
M Scaleway EM Phosphor Bronze Track 75BH Box of 10 yards .......................£46.50
- GAUGES 1, O (Fine & Coarse Scales SM32, OO, EM, NARROW GAUGES ETC
Shop now open: Tue/Wed/Sat
P4 18.88 + 19.33 75BH Rail. Boxes of 10..........................................................£49.50
(non-show dates) 11:00-17:00
+ Thu 14:00-20:00 POSTAGE EXTRA AT COST
Tel: 01484 518159 (answer machine) Call us or see our website for details track materials
www.railwaybook.com 28 Marston Road, Stafford, ST16 3BS
Rail, Sleepering, Gauges, Templates, Planners, Kits, Accessories etc.
Y E A R S - G A U G E S 1 , O ( F i n e & C o a r s e S c a l e s S M 3 2 , O O , E M , N A R R O W G A U G E S E T C . - S A E O R T E L E P H O N E F O R L E A F L ET
email: nick@railwaybook.com Tel: 01785 247883
NEW OBSOLETE HORNBY
Below represents a small selection of our stock. As well as all
current range we carry vast selection of new obsolete locos,
ACCESSORIES, BOOKS & MODEL SERVICES rolling stock, Skaledale etc. POSTAGE EXTRA
Please phone for details or visit www.marcway.net
R2223 BR FOWLER 2-6-4T 4P LOCO .......................................................................................£114.99
R2227 LNER 2-8-0 CLASS 06 LOCO ........................................................................................£131.25
R2234 BR 4-6-0 ‘KING WILLIAM IV’ KING CLASS LOCO ...........................................................£135.00
R2249 LMS 2-8-0 CLASS 8F LOCO ‘8042’ (WEATHERED)........................................................£131.25
R2250 BR 4-6-0 CLASS 5MT LOCO #45253 ............................................................................£131.25
R2252B BR CO-CO CLASS 58 LOCO #58003 ‘MARKHAM COLLIERY’ (WEATHERED) ...................£75.00
R2253A BR CO-CO CLASS 56 LOCO #56105 (WEATHERED) .......................................................£75.00
R2265 LNER 4-6-2 CLASS A3 LOCO ‘HUMORIST’ ....................................................................£150.00
R2291B RAILFREIGHT BO-BO ELECTRIC CLASS 90 LOCO #90039 .............................................£67.50
R2322 BR 4-6-0 CLASS 5MT LOCO #44668 ............................................................................£131.25
R2336 MAINLINE Co-Co DIESEL LOCO CLASS 58 MULTIPLE UNIT (WEATHERED) ....................£105.00
R2348 BR CO-CO CLASS 50 LOCO ‘RESOLUTION’ ...................................................................£145.00
R2349 BR CO-CO CLASS 50 LOCO ‘ARK ROYAL’.......................................................................£145.00
R2351 RIVIERA TRAINS CO-CO CLASS 47 LOCO #47839 ...........................................................£67.50
R2359 BR 4-6-0 CLASS 5MT LOCO #44908 ............................................................................£131.25
R2403 BR (EARLY) GRANGE CLASS LOCO ‘DERWENT GRANGE’ ..............................................£128.75
R2404 BR (LATE) 4-6-0 GRANGE CLASS LOCO ‘RESOLVEN GRANGE’ (WEATHERED) ..............£128.75
R2409 TRANSRAIL CO-CO CLASS 37 LOCO ‘ALUMINIUM 100’ (WEATHERED) ...........................£67.50
R2411 EWS Co-Co CLASS 58 MULTIPLE UNITS (WEATHERED) ...............................................£105.00
R2412 MAINLINE Co-Co DIESEL LOCO CLASS 37 MULTIPLE UNIT (WEATHERED) ...................£105.00
R2413 BR A1A-A1A CLASS 31 LOCO #31270 (WEATHERED) ..................................................£158.75
R2421 BR A-1-A CLASS 31 LOCO #31110 .............................................................................. £158.75
R2422 RIVIERA TRAINS CO-CO CLASS 47 LOCO #47853 ..........................................................£67.50
R2423 BR BO-BO CLASS 35 LOCO (WEATHERED) .................................................................... £70.00
R2428 BR Co-Co DIESEL ELECTRIC CLASS 50 ‘ILLUSTRIOUS’ ................................................£145.00
R2429 NSE CO-CO CLASS 50 LOCO ‘SUPERB’ (WEATHERED) .................................................£145.00
R2451 LSWR (EX GWR) LOCO 0-4-0T #710 ..............................................................................£37.50
R2455 BR 4-6-0 CASTLE CLASS LOCO #4079 ‘PENDENNIS CASTLE’ .....................................£140.00
R2456 BR 4-6-0 PATRIOT CLASS 5XP LOCO #45543 ‘HOME GUARD (WEATHERED) ...............£140.00
R2459 GWR 4-6-0 CASTLE CLASS LOCO ‘WELLINGTON’ ........................................................£140.00
R2461 BR 4-6-0 COUNTY CLASS LOCO ‘COUNTY OF DEVON’ .................................................£140.00
R2468 BR 0-6-0T CLASS 3F LOCO #47281 (WEATHERED) .......................................................£55.00
R2471A BR CO-CO CLASS 37 LOCO #D6700 ............................................................................. £69.50
R2472B BR CO-CO CLASS 37 LOCO #37261 ‘CAITHNESS’ (WEATHERED) .................................£69.50
R2476B RAILFREIGHT CO-CO CLASS 56 LOCO #56088 ............................................................. £69.50
ACCESSORIES, BOOKS & MODEL SERVICES
R2477A TRANSRAIL CO-CO CLASS 56 LOCO #56113 (WEATHERED) .........................................£69.50
R2477B TRANSRAIL CO-CO CLASS 56 LOCO #56125 (WEATHERED) .........................................£69.50
R2479A COTSWOLD RAIL CO-CO CLASS 47 LOCO #47200 ‘THE FOSSE WAY’ ...........................£69.50
R2479B COTSWOLD RAIL CO-CO CLASS 47 LOCO #47316 ‘CAM PEAK’ ....................................£69.50
R2481 WEST COAST RAILWAYS CO-CO CLASS 47 #47854 .......................................................£69.50
R2486 BR CO-CO CLASS 50 LOCO ‘AGINCOURT’ ....................................................................£145.00
BRANCHLINES R2487 BR CO-CO CLASS 50 LOCO ‘ST.VINCENT’ ....................................................................£145.00
R2502 BR 4-6-0 GRANGE CLASS LOCO ‘OVERTON GRANGE’ ..................................................£128.75
R2517 BR BO-BO CLASS 73 LOCO #E6003 ..............................................................................£71.00
MOTORS AND R2530 BR 4-6-0 KING CLASS LOCO ‘KING WILLIAM III’ ..........................................................£135.00
R2543 BR 4-6-0 CASTLE CLASS LOCO #4081 ‘WARWICK CASTLE’ ........................................£140.00
PROFESSIONAL POINTMAKERS FOR FIFTY YEARS
GEARBOXES R2547 GWR 4-6-0 GRANGE CLASS ‘LLANFAIR GRANGE’ ........................................................£128.75
Please email or write for our R2548 BR 4-6-0 GRANGE CLASS LOCO ‘FRANKTON GRANGE’ (WEATHERED) ........................£128.75
extensive catalogue covering R2551 BR 4-6-0 CASTLE CLASS LOCO #5077 ‘FAIREY BATTLE’ .............................................£140.00
all the Mashima range, our Opening Times Mon-Sat 9:30-5:30, Sun 11:00-2:00 R2558 BR 4-6-0 COUNTY CLASS LOCO ‘COUNTY OF BRECKNOCK’ ........................................£140.00
extensive range of one and two-stage gearboxes, flywheels, 130 Station Road, Addlestone, R2576 TRAINLOAD CO-CO CLASS 56 LOCO #56063 .................................................................£69.50
bearings, drive shafts etc to suit all popular modelling scales. R2581 BR 4-6-0 CLASS N15 #30764 ‘SIR GAWAIN’ (WEATHERED) ........................................£149.99
Surrey KT15 2BE R2582 BR 4-6-0 CLASS N15 #30803 ‘SIR HARRY LE FISE LAKE’ ...........................................£149.99
BLACK BEETLE MOTOR BOGIES Tel: 01932 845440 www.addlestone-models.co.uk R2611 MERSEY RAILWAYS CLASS 142 PACER #142045 ..........................................................£95.00
Powered ‘Black Beetle’ £48.50 R2621 BR 4-6-0 CLASS N15 #30799 ‘SIR IRONSIDE’ (WEATHERED) ......................................£149.99
R2622 BR 4-6-0 CLASS N15 #30778 ‘SIR PELLEAS’ ..............................................................£149.99
Unpowered ‘Dummy Beetle’ £17.50
R2628 BR 4-6-0 ROYAL SCOT CLASS 7P LOCO ‘BLACK WATCH’ .............................................£140.00
Black Beetle N/Silver wheels £3.30/axle
P.O Box 4293, Westbury, BA13 9AA Dereks Transport Books
Tel/Fax: 01373 822231
Email: sales@branchlines.com www.derekstransportbooks.com ' 0114
Blog: branchlines.blogspot.com SCALE MODELS 2449170
Cat’s SSAE +£1 (in stamps) extra or £2.50 C.Card dereksbooks@btinternet.com
Please state interests.
P&P: UK £2.25 (value under £30) £3.50 (value £30-£60)
£4.50 (over £60) per order. All transport subjects covered
Non-EU and BFPO less VAT. Exports £4.00 Minimum
Mon-Thurs: 9.30am-1pm, 2pm-6pm Established 1995 Ringwood
VISIT OUR SPACIOUS SHOP - 1200sq ft Sales Area • SHOP OPEN 10am–4pm 6 days a week
Dereks Books 3 x 1.indd 1 30/06/2014 10:29 Phone, Fax or Post your order. marcway.net has full Marcway Pointwork list
PRECISION PAINTS & CHERRY PAINTS HORNBY & SCALEXTRIC MAIN AGENTS Peco - Farish - Gaugemaster - Bachmann etc. Sets, Train Packs,
Locos & Rolling Stock, Track Controls & Acessories etc. Also modellers tools, airbrushes, paints, plastic, metal and wood
The Original and still the best section and sheet. Secondhand equipment bought and sold. Vast selection combined with helpful & friendly service -
Free technical advice by phone or in store
Available at shows and via our secure online shop 598-600 ATTERCLIFFE RD, SHEFFIELD S9 3QS
www.phoenix-paints.co.uk sales@phoenix-paints.co.uk SITUATED 2 MILES FROM M1 JUNC 34 (Meadowhall Exit) 200yds from Attercliffe Tram Stop
N
01268 730549
O
- C R A F T S M A N B U I LT I N O U R O W N W O R K S H O P - I N S I S T
140 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
p000_Classifieds.indd 140 30/06/2017 11:20
KITS, SOFTWARE & CASTINGS ACCESSORIES, BOOKS & MODEL SERVICES
STOKE-ON-TRENT
54 Hamil Road, Burslem, Stoke-on-Trent ST6 1AU
Telephone 01782 818433
• Hornby • Bachmann • Peco • Lenz
• Dapol • Gaugemaster • Plus much more!
OPEN: Tue - Fri 9.30-4, Sat 10-2 New website
T: 01782 818433 / 07973 478294 and new larger
E: info@thehobbygoblin.co.uk shop with easy,
www.thehobbygoblin.co.uk free parking!
ADVERTISERS’ INDEX
247 Developments................................................. 124 Middleton Press ...................................................... 140
3DK .............................................................................. 124 Mike’s Models........................................................... 120
3MM Scale Model Railways................................. 124 Millenium Models................................................... 142
4Ground Ltd ................................................................36 Model Junction (Bury) .......................................... 141
A C Models ................................................................ 107 Model Railway Developments ........................... 142
Addlestone Models................................................ 140 Model Railway Solutions ..................................... 122
AGR Model Railway Store .................................... 121 Model Scenery Supplies .........................................86
Alphagraphix ........................................................... 124 Modelmania ............................................................. 122
Anoraks Anonymous ............................................. 107 Modula Layouts....................................................... 122
Bachmann Europe Plc ................................................ 2 Monk Bar Model Shop Ltd................................... 116
Barry Jones................................................................ 124 Morley Controllers Ltd .......................................... 129
Baseline Baseboards.............................................. 118 Morris Models .......................................................... 122
Bill Hudson Transport Books .............................. 142 My Model Shop ..........................................................86
Blackwells Of Hawkwell ....................................... 142 Natural Scenics ........................................................ 132
Branchlines ............................................................... 140 Nick Tozer .................................................................. 140
Bressingham Steam Museum Ltd..................... 110 Off The Rails .............................................................. 117
Buffers Model Railways Ltd. ................................ 128 Olivia’s Trains & Models ........................................ 129
Buoys Toys & Models ............................................. 127 Osprey Publishing .....................................................96
C & M Models ........................................................... 118 Oxford Diecast Ltd ....................................................87
Carnforth Station Model Railway ..................... 110 P & D Marsh .............................................................. 124
Church Street Models ........................................... 118 Paignton Model Shop ........................................... 125
Cliff Barker ....................................................................85 Parkside Dundas ..................................................... 141
Cm3models .............................................................. 112 Pennine Model Railway ........................................ 110
Connoisseur Models .............................................. 142 Pennine Models ...................................................... 109
Craft Made Signals ....................................................85 Perseverance Kits.................................................... 124
Crafty Hobbies ......................................................... 124 Peters Spares Model Railways Ltd .................... 119
Culcheth Model Railways .................................... 132 Phoenix Precision Paints ...................................... 140
Dapol Ltd ................................................................... 147 Platform 3 Models .................................................. 125
MODELS Dawson Hall Model Construction .................... 121
DB Models ................................................................. 126
Platform Models Ltd .............................................. 122
Pooleys Puffers ........................................................ 141
DCC Supplies Ltd .................................................... 112 Quality Backscenes ...................................... 86 & 123
Deluxe Materials Ltd.............................................. 119 Radley Models ......................................................... 122
Derek’s Transport Books....................................... 140 Rails Of Sheffield ............................................ 134-137
Digitrains Ltd............................................................ 133 Railway Conductor................................................. 111
DJ Models.................................................................. 114 Ray Heard .................................................................. 110
DJH Engineering Ltd ............................................. 145 Redcar Models & Hobbies ................................... 125
Partnership: David & Anne Poole Dovedale Models.................................................... 118 Rhuddlan Models ................................................... 127
Durham Trains Of Stanley .................................... 142 Rochester Games & Models ................................ 127
E.M.A Model Supplies Ltd.................................... 121 Ron Lines ................................................................... 122
Ecclesbourne Valley Railway............................... 110 Roxey Mouldings .................................................... 142
382a Jedburgh Court, Team Valley Trading Estate, Gateshead, Tyne & Wear. NE11 OBQ Elllis Clark Trains ...................................................... 128 Scale Model Scenery Ltd...................................... 122
Mon - Thurs - 10am - 5pm. Fri - Sat & Bank holidays please telephone for opening times. Sunday Closed Expo Drills And Tools ...........................................8 & 9 Scalescenes.com ..................................................... 123
Tele: 0191 4910202/4106386 Mobile: 07976 519178 Express Models........................................................ 121 Skytrex Ltd ................................................................ 123
Finescale Model World Ltd (Inc. Fmr) .............. 127 Slater’s Plastikard Ltd ...............................................85
www.pooleyspuffers.com e-mail: pooleyspuffers@btopenworld.com Finescalebrass (Uk) Ltd ............................................96 Soar Valley Model Railway Club ........................ 110
Fox Transfers Ltd ..................................................... 114 South Eastern Finecast ......................................... 123
THE HOBBY BOX
Frizinghall Models & Railways ............................ 103 South West Digital.................................................. 118
FTG Models ..................................................................86 Southwold Model Rail Exhibition ..................... 110
Garden Railway Specialists ....................................85 Special Auction Services .................................... 113
Gaugemaster ....................................................10 & 11 Squires Model & Craft Tools ................................ 115
GC Weathering ........................................................ 114 SRP Fairs..................................................................... 110
121 High St, Uckfield TN22 1RN Tel: 01825 765296 GDMK Images .......................................................... 120 Steam Train Tours ................................................... 109
www.thehobbybox.co.uk GFB Designs (Sig-Na Trak) ................................... 114 Strawberry Line Railway....................................... 142
Bachmann | Carrs | C&L | Cambrian | Cooper Craft | Dapol | Eckon | Evergreen |Expo | Farish Ghost-Signs .............................................................. 120 Street Level Models ............................................... 127
Gaugemaster | Heljan | Hornby | K&M | Kadee | Kestrel | Knightwing | Lenz | P.D. Marsh | Metcalfe | Noch Going Loco................................................................ 125 Sunningwell Command Control Ltd................ 142
Golden Valley Hobbies Ltd .................................. 120 Taunton Controls Ltd ............................................ 124
Parkside | Peco | Plastruct | Railmatch | Ratio | Romford | Seep | Slaters | Smiths | Springside | Southern Pride
Graeme Simmonds ................................................ 120 The 009 Society ....................................................... 128
Superquick |SE Finecast | SMP | Tiny Signs | Wills | Woodland Scenics Etc. Grimy Times .............................................................. 115 The Bradnor Branchline........................................ 125
Open: Tue-Fri 10am-5.30pm, Sat 9.30am-5pm GS Model Supplies Ltd ............................................77 The Gas Cupboard.................................................. 119
Gscale.co.uk .............................................................. 119 The Hereford Model Centre ...................................98
H. & A. Models.......................................................... 125 The Hobby Box Ltd ................................................ 141
Halden Yard .............................................................. 116 The Hobby Goblin .................................................. 141
Harburn Hobbies .................................................... 115 The Hobby Shop ..................................................... 123
Gift Haslington Models ................................................. 141 The Model Railway Shop ..................................... 110
Vouchers Hatton’s Model Railways 14-21 & 138-139 & 148 The Model Shop ...................................................... 127
Hornby Hobbies Ltd ................................................... 6 The Model Shop (Exeter) ..................................... 141
available Howard Scenic Supplies....................................... 142 Tinkers Park Ltd ....................................................... 111
Stockists of many brands inc Bachmann, Hornby, Graham Hunstanton Models Ltd ....................................... 116 TMC The Model Centre................................ 130-131
OPENING HOURS:
Farish, Dapol, Gaugemaster and Peco. 9.00am-5.30pm
In The Greenwood Laser ...................................... 116 Tommy’s Trains ........................................................ 132
Secondhand bought and sold. Mon, Tues, Thurs, Islinglass Models ..................................................... 142 Tony Oakes................................................................ 110
Selection of kits, glues, tools, paints and accessories. Fri and Saturday Items Mail Order Ltd.............................................. 124 Tony’s Trains At Barby Model Rail Ltd .............. 127
Wards Yard, 133 Springfield Park Road Closed Wed, Sun Jackson Media ......................................................... 124 Topp Trains ................................................................ 140
(at the junction with Hill Road) Chelmsford CM2 6EE & Bank Holidays Jacksons Models ..................................................... 124 Tower Models................................................................ 3
TEL: 01245 494455. EMAIL: heatherwilkinson@btconnect.com All major credit/debit
cards accepted.
Joe Lock ..................................................................... 110 Townstreet ................................................................ 123
www.johndutfieldmodelrailways.co.uk John Dutfield ........................................................... 141 Train Tech.......................................................117 & 129
Kent Garden Railways ........................................... 128 Train Times Model Shop....................................... 127
Kernow Model Rail Centre Ltd. .......................... 121 Trains 4U .................................................................... 124
KS Laser Designs Ltd ............................................. 126 Trains And Planes Ltd ............................................ 118
H
ASLINGTON M
ODELS THE MODEL SHOP Lacy Scott & Knight................................................ 109
Langley Miniature Models......................................86
Tri-Angman ............................................................... 127
Trident Trains Model Shop ................................. 142
134 Crewe
John Dutfield.indd 1 Road, Haslington, Crewe CW1 5RQ 17/12/2014 11:04
Locomotion .............................................................. 103 Tutbury Models ....................................................... 127
Telephone/Fax 01270 589079 Now taking orders for New models
Lord And Butler ....................................................... 120 Upstairs Downstairs............................................... 127
email: haslingtonmodels@live.co.uk Specialist Model Railway Stockist Macs Model Railroading .........................................86 Warwick & Warwick...................................................37
4 St David’s Hill, Mad About Trains ................................................... 120 Waveney Valley Mrc ............................................... 110
Appointed Stockists of Exeter EX4 3RG Malc’s Models........................................................... 124 Wellingborough Trains & Models ..................... 127
Bachmann, Farish, Hornby, Peco, (just off the old Iron Bridge) Marcway Models & Hobbies ............................... 140 West Wiltshire Society Of Model Engineers .. 110
Gaugemaster, Dapol, Vi-Trains, Heljan, Now Agents for NCE DCC systems Megapoint Controllers ......................................... 112 White Rose Modelworks .........................................33
Humbrol, etc etc. www.trainsandtrack.co.uk Mercian Models....................................................... 120 Wigan Show ............................................................. 125
• FREE Parking Tel: 01392 421906 Meridienne Exhibitions Ltd................................. 111 York Modelmaking And Display Ltd ................ 125
OPEN THURS, FRI & SAT ONLY 10.00-16.00 Shop
shop open Mon/Sat Tues to Sat, 9.30-5pm
9.30-5.00pm Metcalfe Models & Toys Ltd .........................12 & 13 You Choos ................................................................. 129
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 141
Model Shop Exeter 3 x 1.indd 1 10/12/2013 13:12
p000_Classifieds.indd 141 04/07/2017 10:59
WEB DIRECTORY
WE STOCK ALL MAJOR BRITISH OUTLINE ROLLING STOCK AND SCENICS AS WELL AS OXFORD DIECAST. WE ALSO
OFFER A CHIP FITTING SERVICE RTO READY AND HOME DCC READY LOCOS AND SERVICE MOST MAKES OF LOCOS.
JUST CLICK ON OUR WEBSITE FOR MORE INFORMATION. WE ALSO HAVE OVER 3000 ITEMS FOR SALE ONLINE.
6 STATION ROAD, STANLEY, CO.DURHAM, DH8 0JL
SHOP OPEN MON-TUES-FRI-SAT OPEN 0930-1700 • THURS 1100-1900 • CLOSED WEDNESDAY AND SUNDAY
TEL: 01207 232545 • www.durhamtrainsofstanley.co.uk • email: sales@durhamtrainsofstanley.co.uk
roxeymouldings.co.uk
Your website for finescale locomotive, carriage and wagon kits in 00 and 0 gauges. A wide range
of accessories in stock from Slater’s, Markits, Romford, Alan Gibson and our own etched detail
frets. Motors from Mashima and Tenshodo with gears and gearboxes from Markits and Roxey.
Markits 00 rolling stock wheels and our own turned steel wheels for 0 gauge. Ixion 0 gauge ready
to run locos locos. For Exhibition sales only, we stock solder, flux and Precision Paints.
For further details please send a SAE to:
58 Dudley Road, Walton-on-Thames, Surrey KT12 2JU
SCC Ltd. PO Box 381, Abingdon SO, OX13 6YB Tel: 01865 730455
Tel:01932 245439
Or visit our website at: www.scc4dcc.co.uk Email: info@scc4dcc.co.uk
Millennium Models
Hornby, Bachmann, Peco and more.
New, second-hand & American books New and Secondhand stock
www.billhudsontransportbooks.co.uk Jarvis, Dapol, Metcalfe, Corgi, Oxford
Tel/Fax: 01629 580797
67 Queen Street, Morley, Leeds LS27 8EB
Please visit: Matlock Station,Station Yard, Matlock DE4 3NA Tel: 0113 2189286 www.milllennium-models.co.uk
What’s your problem?
Battery power by eliminates pick-up problems,
No more dirty track to clean. Over 4hrs running time
No track wiring on new layouts. No short cuts
May be used on existing layouts alongside DCC.,
Further details at…
www.emardee.org.uk
No10, The Craft Arcade www.sommerfeldt.co.uk
Dagfields Craft Centre, Overhead Catenary System for ‘O’ ‘N’ & ‘HO’ also Pantographs
Crewe Road, Walgherton, Nantwich,
Cheshire. CW5 7LG Blackwells of Hawkwell
www.tridenttrains.co.uk
Tel: 01702 200036 • sales@blackwells-miniatures.com
P.O.Box 2099 Hockley, Essex SS5 4UY
HORNBY-BACHMANN-HELJAN-FARISH DAPOL-PECO-LENZ-
TCS-GAUGEMASTER-METCALFE-RATIO+MUCH MORE www.blackwells-miniatures.com
01270 842400 Trees & Scenic Materials, Card Buildings, Roadways, Grass Mats, etc.
LNER Scale Drawings &
3D Design/Printing Services
Components, kits and design
www.Isinglass-models.co.uk
27 Grange Road, Toddington, Dunstable LU5 6BZ
07973 768080 (eve) Isinglass@Edgson.net
FREE E-NEWSLETTERS
Strawberry Line Miniature Railway Exclusive articles, competitions & offers
The Strawberry Line Miniature Railway now features the only
gravitational hump yard in the world in miniature railways.
Now Open: Country Park Models
Register now at
Email: info@strawberryminirail.co.uk • Phone: 0117 9860124 • Mobile: 07960 151286
Britannia House, Avon Valley Country Park, Pixash Lane, Keynsham, Bristol, BS31 1TS www.brmm.ag/brmeshotsignup
142 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
p000_Web directory.indd 142 30/06/2017 11:21
NEXT ISSUE
B
R Pl
u
BR
M
IT
IS
H
TV s
RA
ILW
AY
M
O
D
EL
LI
N
G
DV
D
MALHAM (00)
Phil Waterfield’s 1950s layout is modelling
perfection with its picturesque depiction of rural
industry and stunning Yorkshire Dales scenery.
MELTON MOWBRAY NORTH (N) PRACTICAL BRM
LOMOND STREET (00)
MAYFIELD CENTRAL (00)
AND MORE… DCC
• Fit a DCC decoder
• Install sound
• DCC buying advice
• Build a DCC MERG kit
ON SALE AUGUST 17
143_Next_Issue.indd 143 30/06/2017 16:49
BRM TEAM NEWS
OUR MODELLING
MONTH...
A diverse, exciting and outbound month for the BRM crew, but as one of
us enjoys judicial privileges another finds his railway modelling ambitions
somewhat thwarted…
Phil Parker
Each June heralds a trip to The Model Railway Club headquarters
in London, to take part in the Double O Gauge Association's annual
get together.
My role is to run the modelling competition. Members enter their
models in to one of five classes. These are then judged by everyone – each
person voting for a first and second favourite in each class. It's good fun
and relies as much on a model being appealing to look at as it is being
rivet-perfect.
Allowing entrants to explain what work they have carried out on the
entry form also helps. A J72 with significant modifications scored very
well even though not the most obvious in the class. All I had to do was add up the marks and
announce results once the AGM finished. It was tight, we had two dead heats decided on the
number of first placings, but I just squeaked in in time!
Andy York
With my sort of job
it’s difficult to totally
switch off, even
when on a break
from work. We had
a few days away in
North Wales, staying
in the toll house at competition and scour through the scores
Penmaenpool, which features prominently of entries; we will be featuring the winners’
in Geoff Taylor’s superb model (BRM pictures in next month’s BRM.
August 2016). It's small, but what a Modelling-wise it is panic stations, as our
beautiful spot to spend a few days. modelling group, Staffordshire Finescale
I called in to the Corris Museum to Group, prepares to host its first public
discuss something for a future issue of event in Gnosall on the July 8. It should be
BRM, but I seemed to have accidentally a cracking day, with ‘Black Country Blues’
ended up on the footplate enjoying a run and ‘Diesels in the Duchy’ as the headliners,
on the railway’s gravity train, hurtling plus several other top quality layouts. As I
down the line in a slate wagon at the heady write, there’s still a board for our new layout
speeds of 15mph! on the workbench waiting to be wired up
It was also my pleasure to be invited as a and tested. There’s nothing like a deadline to
judge for Pendon Museum’s photographic make things finally happen is there?
144 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
144_Our modelling month HS ADD AD.indd 144 30/06/2017 10:39
Andy McVittie
This month I’ve undertaken
something a little more
advanced in my model-
making. Somewhat
emboldened by my
recent success with
an admittedly
intermediate
Metcalfe engine
shed card kit,
I had a crack at a 4Ground laser-cut MDF
station. It really does seem that pride
comes before a fall – for me, anyway, and
I’m unhappy to report that I was far too
free and easy with the ‘Roket’ glue and I
left conspicuous fingerprints of the stuff
Howard Smith
all over the place. A common mistake,
I’m assured, and Phil fixes the model in Building a model railway requires many skills – a keen artistic talent
this issue. My red-faced inexpertise aside, to capture the atmosphere of a line or period, carpentry skills to make
I was very taken with Skytrex resin kits the baseboards, a basic knowledge of electrics and getting to know the
and Severn Models’ tiny glue-together limits of your abilities to name but a few. If you’ve never built anything
brass builds that I saw at the recent 7mm like that before and you lack many or all of the skills required, getting
Association show in Burton-on-Trent, and started can prove difficult if you're a complete beginner. Sure, you
I was itching to have a go at both. could pay someone to make it for you, but where’s the fun in that?
I was similarly inspired to smarten up It's great to make something yourself. What if you could build
my modelling skills at the Great Central your first model railway without these skills? This month in just
Railway event in Loughborough – a week I’ve made a simple entry-level train set that anyone can build, no matter what their
especially when I saw the two classic Dave skill level.
and Shirley Rowe layouts tucked away in It was quite a challenge, not from a modelling perspective as I've made everything easy-to-
a far corner of the show. I don't suppose follow, but building to such a tight deadline, whilst taking photographs, managing a film crew,
there's any harm in dreaming about making notes and preparing lines did involve some significant head-scratching in the planning
reaching their level, but perhaps I should department. Follow its construction from start to finish in The BRM Guide to Building your
just learn to walk before I try to run. First Model Railway, on-sale in shops from September 21 this year.
Starting from a simple Hornby Train Set, I’ll show you step-by-step how to easily transform
it into a compact model with scenery, buildings and features you’ll be proud of. From laying
Hornby track to ballasting, scenics, adding Hornby Skaledale buildings, making basic card kits,
painting and more, follow it in print and watch the entire build on the DVD included.
If you're a complete novice and you fancy building an entry-level trainset for yourself or
someone special this Christmas, look out for a copy in stores.
www.brm-magazine.co.uk ❘ August 2017 ❘ BRM 145
144_Our modelling month HS ADD AD.indd 145 30/06/2017 10:40
OPINION
TAIL LAMP
Our work experience lad, Matt Stevens, made a good impression around the office
recently and is plainly a mature head on youthful shoulders.
Town’. They’re all reasonably small layouts –
for some reason, I’ve never been a fan of the
magnum opus.
Then there’s the question of DCC or
DC. Right now I’m sticking to DC. If
money is no object for you, then DCC is
better in my opinion. People claim DCC
requires fewer wires, but every section of
track still needs to be fed with electricity,
possibly more frequently than DC to prove
reliable. The only difference is the lack
of switches in DCC but then there’s the
issue of programming everything. I often
find that DCC layouts lack scenic interest:
perhaps we’re coming away from what really
matters about modelling. DC is superb, but
increasingly unpopular, to the point where
there are now more DCC users than DC. I
think that’s a real shame.
In my opinion, using computers
in this hobby takes something
away from the passion.
You can respect or be
I
have noticed a number of ways that or sequence. Sure, it’s good to have a interested in a computer,
exhibitors operate their layouts. I see general idea of the sort of moves of course, but you can’t
some with a mix of random stock undertaken, even on the smallest layout, really get involved in it to
whizzing round at unrealistic speeds; the but ‘what happens next’ should be obvious the same extent. Computers
same trains appearing again and again and to any regular operator. mean that modellers and
the operator sat behind paying no attention Also, there’s the issue of frequency. operators effectively
to the viewing public. In contrast, I see A good example is ‘Westcliff ’, which do less. Whilst in
other, often smaller layouts, where the represents a quiet GWR terminus. A lot everyday life,
operator is at the front talking to viewers more happens on it than would have done fewer chores is
and operating at the same time – and doing in reality, but this is a lot better than using better, I’m not so
so with superbly performing stock. an actual working timetable, which would sure it is for this
Every layout should be engaging. I’ve seen make boring viewing to say the least. hobby. Operating
huge circular ones, such as ‘Gresley Beat’, Another mistake is when builders a layout after
where operators stand around the outside try to include too much in the available you’ve just
of the layout, and fiddle yard to fiddle yard space. They might also claim that their rewired it (stuck
layouts, such as ‘Fenchurch St. Peter’, where layout is designed to encourage younger under a baseboard,
the operators still engage with the public. modellers, but I’m almost certain that they working away),
Then there’s the conundrum of ‘to are just as interested in something like the will surely be more
timetable’ or not. Some modellers are aforementioned ‘Gresley Beat’. If young rewarding than
adamant that if a layout doesn’t have a children don’t realise whether it’s realistic or after you’ve just
timetable it’s no good. Granted, this is not why shouldn’t it be, anyway? reprogrammed it –
beneficial for larger layouts with numerous The majority of layouts that I see are surely? ■
operators who all need to know exactly what very good, though. My favourites include Matthew Stevens,
each other are doing, but I don’t think that a ‘East Quay’, ‘Bostcroft’, ‘Eastwood Vermont’, age 15,
small branch terminus requires a timetable ‘Fenchurch St Peter’ (pictured) and ‘Walford Deeping School
146 BRM ❘ August 2017 ❘ www.RMweb.co.uk
146_Tail_lamp HS.indd 146 30/06/2017 09:11
p147_BRMAug17.indd 1 30/06/2017 11:21
p148_BRMAug17.indd 1 03/07/2017 11:02
You might also like
- On30 Annual - 2016Document114 pagesOn30 Annual - 2016dale22203100% (6)
- Model Railroad Ebook - Building Scenery (Kalmbach-Model Railroader)Document24 pagesModel Railroad Ebook - Building Scenery (Kalmbach-Model Railroader)kyrix76No ratings yet
- Getting Started in Proto 87Document48 pagesGetting Started in Proto 87peNo ratings yet
- HO Railroad From Start To Finish (Model Railroad Handbook, No 36)Document92 pagesHO Railroad From Start To Finish (Model Railroad Handbook, No 36)Sebastián Matías Chacón100% (3)
- ModelrailroadsforsmallspacesDocument21 pagesModelrailroadsforsmallspacesMike80% (5)
- Iain Rice Roque Bluffs Oct 2003Document6 pagesIain Rice Roque Bluffs Oct 2003shu2u67% (3)
- Model Railroad January 2017Document92 pagesModel Railroad January 2017marcos100% (6)
- Australian Model Railway - February 2016Document80 pagesAustralian Model Railway - February 2016Meep100% (5)
- 5 Compact Track PlansDocument12 pages5 Compact Track PlansKilty ONeal100% (3)
- Speaking Diálogo C1Document2 pagesSpeaking Diálogo C1Michael SaxosusNo ratings yet
- IRS WP10 Engineering ResearchDocument100 pagesIRS WP10 Engineering ResearchmoisesramosNo ratings yet
- Model Rail 202108Document140 pagesModel Rail 202108Martijn Hinfelaar100% (3)
- MRH12 01 Jan2012 E PDFDocument115 pagesMRH12 01 Jan2012 E PDFaromero888100% (1)
- Price: Forever FreeDocument143 pagesPrice: Forever FreeolgumbyNo ratings yet
- Worlds Greatest HobbyDocument24 pagesWorlds Greatest HobbyBill SpitzerNo ratings yet
- MRH11 07 Jul2011 PDFDocument125 pagesMRH11 07 Jul2011 PDFVed NarsekarNo ratings yet
- 87.MRH17 05 May2017 LEDocument134 pages87.MRH17 05 May2017 LEkarkinoli4073No ratings yet
- Voie Libre 108 Jan-Mar 2022 SDocument88 pagesVoie Libre 108 Jan-Mar 2022 SS Bruff100% (2)
- Red Oak Layout: MagazineDocument33 pagesRed Oak Layout: MagazineJackSiedschlag100% (3)
- 75 Model Railway Projects PDFDocument120 pages75 Model Railway Projects PDFArooge FK100% (1)
- Double Road Engine Shed v2Document13 pagesDouble Road Engine Shed v2ruedanton131100% (1)
- Australian Model Railway Magazine - December 2019 PDFDocument72 pagesAustralian Model Railway Magazine - December 2019 PDFPaco LopezNo ratings yet
- MR DolkosDocument10 pagesMR DolkosÁlvaro Ramos Fustero100% (4)
- Nskalemagazineyune 2009Document64 pagesNskalemagazineyune 2009Nenad Petrovic100% (2)
- 81.MRH16 11 Nov2016 LDocument160 pages81.MRH16 11 Nov2016 Ltibval100% (1)
- 18 Tailor-Made Model Railroad Track PlansDocument84 pages18 Tailor-Made Model Railroad Track PlansSebastián Matías Chacón100% (4)
- Voie Libre 2018-10Document74 pagesVoie Libre 2018-10javis77100% (2)
- Australian Model Railway Magazine-October 2021Document74 pagesAustralian Model Railway Magazine-October 2021Tim de Ruiter100% (1)
- Background Buildings Using Your Computer & The Internet: Marshall D. AbramsDocument37 pagesBackground Buildings Using Your Computer & The Internet: Marshall D. AbramsVed Narsekar100% (6)
- Standard EditionDocument120 pagesStandard Editiondonzi7218100% (3)
- Great Model Railroads 2007Document124 pagesGreat Model Railroads 2007Ricardo KutzNo ratings yet
- Great Model Railroads 2008Document124 pagesGreat Model Railroads 2008Ricardo Kutz100% (1)
- MR Ejemplar de Muestra PDFDocument50 pagesMR Ejemplar de Muestra PDFchito23j100% (8)
- Operations ClinicDocument16 pagesOperations Clinicaromero888100% (3)
- Building SceneryDocument23 pagesBuilding SceneryAntal100% (28)
- 130.MRH20 12 Dec2020 ADocument190 pages130.MRH20 12 Dec2020 AAnonymous ZcHDifxD6r100% (2)
- Model Railroad News - June 2024Document100 pagesModel Railroad News - June 2024Rui MendesNo ratings yet
- Model Railroad News 02 2024Document100 pagesModel Railroad News 02 2024MySTicO_CNo ratings yet
- Getting Starting With Model Trains PDFDocument24 pagesGetting Starting With Model Trains PDFJoseMolina10100% (2)
- Workshop Tips: 28 Track PlansDocument15 pagesWorkshop Tips: 28 Track PlansJackSiedschlag100% (1)
- Australian Model Railway Magazine - February 2020 PDFDocument72 pagesAustralian Model Railway Magazine - February 2020 PDFPaco Lopez100% (2)
- Model Railroad Hobbyist 15-03-Mar2015Document311 pagesModel Railroad Hobbyist 15-03-Mar2015Justin Gilmore100% (4)
- Aire Valley Railway SeriesDocument61 pagesAire Valley Railway SeriesTom Bell100% (2)
- Essentials of Great SceneryDocument13 pagesEssentials of Great SceneryKilty ONeal100% (1)
- Issue Six 29 Sept 17Document122 pagesIssue Six 29 Sept 17Fatrain Ferromodelismo100% (2)
- Workshop Tips: 6 Award WinningDocument15 pagesWorkshop Tips: 6 Award WinningJackSiedschlagNo ratings yet
- Model Railroader 2014-09Document88 pagesModel Railroader 2014-09Darcco Fakafel100% (10)
- The Salt Lake RouteDocument31 pagesThe Salt Lake RouteDick Bos100% (1)
- 25 Waysto Make Your Model Railroad BetterDocument15 pages25 Waysto Make Your Model Railroad Betterruedanton13186% (7)
- Designing Small Shelf Layouts For Train ModelDocument49 pagesDesigning Small Shelf Layouts For Train ModelFaizal Ngauge100% (3)
- DCC BasicsDocument194 pagesDCC BasicsBóza GyörgyNo ratings yet
- 52MRH14 06 Jun2014 LDocument135 pages52MRH14 06 Jun2014 Latsfr100% (1)
- MRH October 2021Document164 pagesMRH October 2021ckqy7bf6bcNo ratings yet
- Model Train Layouts PDFDocument7 pagesModel Train Layouts PDFwarhammer123210% (1)
- The Wonderful World of Model Trains: A Beginner's Guide to Building Your Own Model Railways and Creating Stunning Sceneries & LayoutsFrom EverandThe Wonderful World of Model Trains: A Beginner's Guide to Building Your Own Model Railways and Creating Stunning Sceneries & LayoutsRating: 5 out of 5 stars5/5 (1)
- Modelling a Waffen-SS Figure SS-Sturmmann, 1st SS-Panzer-Division 'Leibstandarte Adolf Hitler', Kursk, 1943: In 1/35 scaleFrom EverandModelling a Waffen-SS Figure SS-Sturmmann, 1st SS-Panzer-Division 'Leibstandarte Adolf Hitler', Kursk, 1943: In 1/35 scaleRating: 5 out of 5 stars5/5 (3)
- Model Motor Boats - Being No. 2 of the Model Maker Series of Practical Handbooks Covering Every Phase of Model Building and DesignFrom EverandModel Motor Boats - Being No. 2 of the Model Maker Series of Practical Handbooks Covering Every Phase of Model Building and DesignNo ratings yet
- Early Railways: A Guide for the ModellerFrom EverandEarly Railways: A Guide for the ModellerRating: 3.5 out of 5 stars3.5/5 (8)
- Modelling Fallschirmjäger Figures 'Tactical withdrawl' Fallschirmjäger on the Eastern Front, 1944: In 1/35 scaleFrom EverandModelling Fallschirmjäger Figures 'Tactical withdrawl' Fallschirmjäger on the Eastern Front, 1944: In 1/35 scaleNo ratings yet
- Departamento de Inglés Libros de Texto Del Curso 2021-2022: Nivel A1Document9 pagesDepartamento de Inglés Libros de Texto Del Curso 2021-2022: Nivel A1Michael SaxosusNo ratings yet
- EF4e C1.1 Tabcont PDFDocument4 pagesEF4e C1.1 Tabcont PDFMichael SaxosusNo ratings yet
- Grammar: Why Did They Call You That?Document4 pagesGrammar: Why Did They Call You That?Michael SaxosusNo ratings yet
- Bibliografia English 2020-2021Document3 pagesBibliografia English 2020-2021Michael SaxosusNo ratings yet
- 2013 Roco NH-Katalog ENDocument142 pages2013 Roco NH-Katalog ENMichael Saxosus100% (1)
- EF4e C1.1 Tabcont PDFDocument4 pagesEF4e C1.1 Tabcont PDFMichael SaxosusNo ratings yet
- Writing Skill (10 Points) PART 1 (5 Points) : Rueba de Xpresión ScritaDocument3 pagesWriting Skill (10 Points) PART 1 (5 Points) : Rueba de Xpresión ScritaMichael SaxosusNo ratings yet
- Lecturas Complementarias Curso 2019-20: Nivel A 1Document2 pagesLecturas Complementarias Curso 2019-20: Nivel A 1Michael SaxosusNo ratings yet
- Speaking Monológo C1Document1 pageSpeaking Monológo C1Michael SaxosusNo ratings yet
- Lecturas Complementarias Curso 2019-20: Nivel A 1Document2 pagesLecturas Complementarias Curso 2019-20: Nivel A 1Michael SaxosusNo ratings yet
- Departamento de Inglés Libros de Texto 2019-2020Document1 pageDepartamento de Inglés Libros de Texto 2019-2020Michael SaxosusNo ratings yet
- Railwayana Auction Catalogue: October 2013Document88 pagesRailwayana Auction Catalogue: October 2013The Crewe Heritage CentreNo ratings yet
- Auction Alpha Lots: April 2014Document24 pagesAuction Alpha Lots: April 2014The Crewe Heritage CentreNo ratings yet
- Issue Six 29 Sept 17Document122 pagesIssue Six 29 Sept 17Fatrain Ferromodelismo100% (2)
- Railwayana Auction Catalogue: April 2014Document88 pagesRailwayana Auction Catalogue: April 2014The Crewe Heritage CentreNo ratings yet
- Alpha Lots: April 2013Document24 pagesAlpha Lots: April 2013The Crewe Heritage CentreNo ratings yet
- British Railway Modelling 2017-08Document150 pagesBritish Railway Modelling 2017-08Michael Saxosus100% (4)
- Railwayana Auction Catalogue: April 2013Document84 pagesRailwayana Auction Catalogue: April 2013The Crewe Heritage Centre100% (1)